fix: accounts.sh - Support first valid local account (#4581)

- Ensure catch-all alias entries (eg: `@example.test`) are also skipped. Adding a dummy account for catch-all will not match a `quota-status` query to Dovecot by Postfix for a recipient.
- When there are multiple addresses provided, they will now be iterated through by the `,` delimiter, instead of as a single value that fails. This way the first valid aliased address to a local Dovecot mailbox account will now be used for the dummy alias account.
- The common logic for extracting the quota user attribute is now split out to a common function call.

.all-contributorsrc

@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-{
-  "files": [
-    "CONTRIBUTORS.md"
-  ],
-  "imageSize": 100,
-  "commit": false,
-  "contributors": [
-    {
-      "login": "matrixes",
-      "name": "matrixes",
-      "avatar_url": "https://avatars.githubusercontent.com/u/46491408?v=4",
-      "profile": "https://github.com/matrixes",
-      "contributions": [
-        "blog"
-      ]
-    }
-  ],
-  "contributorsPerLine": 7,
-  "badgeTemplate": "",
-  "projectName": "docker-mailserver",
-  "projectOwner": "docker-mailserver",
-  "repoType": "github",
-  "repoHost": "https://github.com",
-  "skipCi": false,
-  "commitConvention": "none"
-}

.dockerignore

@@ -1,3 +1,2 @@
 *
 !target
-!VERSION

.gitattributes

@@ -28,7 +28,6 @@ Makefile
 *.yaml              text
 
 ## PROJECT
-.all-contributorsrc text export-ignore
 .editorconfig       text export-ignore
 .gitattributes      text export-ignore
 .gitignore          text export-ignore

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/bug_report.yml

@@ -67,10 +67,3 @@ body:
         - This field expects only plain text (_rendered as a fenced code block_).
         - You can enable debug output by setting the environment variable `LOG_LEVEL` to `debug` or `trace`.
       render: Text
-  - type: input
-    id: form-improvements
-    attributes:
-      label: Improvements to this form?
-      description: If you have criticism or general feedback about this issue form, feel free to tell us so we can enhance the experience for everyone.
-    validations:
-      required: false

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/feature_request.yml

@@ -4,6 +4,8 @@ title: 'feature request: '
 labels:
   - kind/new feature
   - meta/needs triage
+projects:
+  - DMS Core Backlog
 
 body:
   - type: markdown
@@ -18,7 +20,7 @@ body:
     id: context
     attributes:
       label: Context
-      description: Tell us how your request is related to DMS, one of its components or another issue / PR. Also **link all conected issues and PRs here**!
+      description: Tell us how your request is related to DMS, one of its components or another issue / PR. Also **link all connected issues and PRs here**!
     validations:
       required: true
   - type: textarea

.github/dependabot.yml

@@ -4,8 +4,6 @@ updates:
     directory: "/"
     schedule:
       interval: "weekly"
-    reviewers:
-      - "docker-mailserver/maintainers"
     labels:
       - "area/ci"
       - "kind/update"
@@ -15,8 +13,6 @@ updates:
     directory: /
     schedule:
       interval: "weekly"
-    reviewers:
-      - "docker-mailserver/maintainers"
     labels:
       - "area/ci"
       - "kind/update"

.github/workflows/contributors.yml

@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-name: 'Update Contributors List'
-
-on:
-  workflow_dispatch:
-  schedule:
-    - cron: 0 4 * * 0
-
-permissions:
-  contents: write
-  pull-requests: write
-  statuses: write
-
-jobs:
-  add-contributors:
-    name: 'Add Contributors'
-    runs-on: ubuntu-22.04
-    steps:
-      - name: 'Checkout'
-        uses: actions/checkout@v4
-
-      - name: 'Update CONTRIBUTORS.md'
-        uses: akhilmhdh/contributors-readme-action@v2.3.10
-        env:
-          GITHUB_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }}
-        with:
-          readme_path: CONTRIBUTORS.md
-          collaborators: all
-          use_username: true
-          commit_message: 'docs: updated `CONTRIBUTORS.md`'
-          committer_username: github-actions[bot]
-          committer_email: 41898282+github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com
-          pr_title_on_protected: 'docs: update `CONTRIBUTORS.md`'
-          auto_detect_branch_protection: true

.github/workflows/docs-preview-deploy.yml

@@ -1,119 +1,166 @@
-name: 'Documentation (run)'
+name: 'Documentation (Deploy)'
 
 on:
+  # This workflow runs off the primary branch which provides access to the `secrets` context:
   workflow_run:
     workflows: ['Documentation (PR)']
     types:
       - completed
 
-# Note: If limiting concurrency is required for this workflow:
-# 1. Add an additional job prior to `preview` to get the PR number make it an output.
-# 2. Assign that new job as a `needs` dependency for the `preview` job.
-# It is still required for `preview` job to download the artifact so that it can access the preview build files.
+permissions:
+  # Required by `actions/download-artifact`:
+  actions: read
+  # Required by `set-pr-context`:
+  contents: read
+  # Required by `marocchino/sticky-pull-request-comment` (write) + `set-pr-context` (read):
+  pull-requests: write
+  # Required by `myrotvorets/set-commit-status-action`:
+  statuses: write
 
-# This workflow runs off the primary branch and has access to secrets as expected.
 jobs:
-  preview:
-    name: 'Deploy Preview'
-    runs-on: ubuntu-22.04
-    if: ${{ github.event.workflow_run.event == 'pull_request' && github.event.workflow_run.conclusion == 'success' }}
+  # NOTE: This is handled as pre-requisite job to minimize the noise from acquiring these two outputs needed for `deploy-preview` ENV:
+  pr-context:
+    name: 'Acquire PR Context'
+    runs-on: ubuntu-24.04
+    outputs:
+      PR_HEADSHA: ${{ steps.set-pr-context.outputs.head-sha }}
+      PR_NUMBER:  ${{ steps.set-pr-context.outputs.number   }}
+    if: ${{ github.event.workflow_run.conclusion == 'success' && github.event.workflow_run.event == 'pull_request' }}
     steps:
+      - name: 'Get PR context'
+        id: set-pr-context
+        env:
+          # Token is required for the GH CLI:
+          GH_TOKEN: ${{ github.token }}
+          # Best practice for scripts is to reference via ENV at runtime. Avoid using GHA context expressions in the script content directly:
+          # https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4247#discussion_r1827067475
+          PR_TARGET_REPO: ${{ github.repository }}
+          # If the PR is from a fork, prefix it with `<owner-login>:`, otherwise only the PR branch name is relevant:
+          PR_BRANCH: |-
+            ${{
+              (github.event.workflow_run.head_repository.owner.login != github.event.workflow_run.repository.owner.login)
+                && format('{0}:{1}', github.event.workflow_run.head_repository.owner.login, github.event.workflow_run.head_branch)
+                || github.event.workflow_run.head_branch
+            }}
+        # Use the GH CLI to query the PR branch, which provides the PR number and head SHA to assign as outputs:
+        # (`--jq` formats JSON to `key=value` pairs and renames `headRefOid` to `head-sha`)
+        run: |
+          gh pr view --repo "${PR_TARGET_REPO}" "${PR_BRANCH}" \
+            --json 'number,headRefOid' \
+            --jq '"number=\(.number)\nhead-sha=\(.headRefOid)"' \
+            >> "${GITHUB_OUTPUT}"
 
-      # ======================== #
-      # Restore workflow context #
-      # ======================== #
-
-      # Retrieve the artifact uploaded from `docs-preview-prepare.yml` workflow run that triggered this deployment
-      - name: 'Download build artifact'
-        uses: actions/download-artifact@v4
+  deploy-preview:
+    name: 'Deploy Preview'
+    runs-on: ubuntu-24.04
+    needs: [pr-context]
+    env:
+      # NOTE: Keep this in sync with the equivalent ENV in `docs-preview-prepare.yml`:
+      BUILD_DIR: docs/site/
+      # PR head SHA (latest commit):
+      PR_HEADSHA: ${{ needs.pr-context.outputs.PR_HEADSHA }}
+      PR_NUMBER:  ${{ needs.pr-context.outputs.PR_NUMBER  }}
+      # Deploy URL preview prefix (the site name for this prefix is managed at Netlify):
+      PREVIEW_SITE_PREFIX: pullrequest-${{ needs.pr-context.outputs.PR_NUMBER }}
+    steps:
+      - name: 'Retrieve and extract the built docs preview'
+        uses: actions/download-artifact@v5
         with:
           name: preview-build
+          path: ${{ env.BUILD_DIR }}
+          # These are needed due this approach relying on `workflow_run`, so that it can access the build artifact:
+          # (uploaded from the associated `docs-preview-prepare.yml` workflow run)
           github-token: ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }}
           run-id: ${{ github.event.workflow_run.id }}
 
-      - name: 'Extract build artifact'
-        run: tar -xf artifact.tar.zst
-
-      - name: 'Restore preserved ENV'
-        run: cat pr.env >> "${GITHUB_ENV}"
-
       # ==================== #
       # Deploy preview build #
       # ==================== #
 
-      # Manage workflow deployment status. `enable-commit-status` from `nwtgck/actions-netlify` would handle this,
-      # but presently does not work correctly via split workflow. It is useful in a split workflow as the 1st stage
-      # no longer indicates if the entire workflow/deployment was successful.
-      - name: 'Commit Status: Set Workflow Status as Pending'
+      # Manage workflow deployment status (Part 1/2):
+      # NOTE:
+      # - `workflow_run` trigger does not appear on the PR/commit checks status, only the initial prepare workflow triggered.
+      #   This adds our own status check for this 2nd half of the workflow starting as `pending`, followed by `success` / `failure` at the end.
+      # - `enable-commit-status` from `nwtgck/actions-netlify` would have handled this,
+      #   but the context `github.sha` that action tries to use references the primary branch commit that this workflow runs from, not the relevant PR commit.
+      - name: 'Commit Status (1/2) - Set Workflow Status as Pending'
         uses: myrotvorets/set-commit-status-action@v2.0.1
         with:
           token: ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }}
           status: pending
-          # Should match `env.PR_HEADSHA` when triggered by `pull_request` event workflow,
-          # Avoids failure of ENV being unavailable if job fails early:
-          sha: ${{ github.event.workflow_run.head_sha }}
+          sha: ${{ env.PR_HEADSHA }}
           context: 'Deploy Preview (pull_request => workflow_run)'
 
       - name: 'Send preview build to Netlify'
         uses: nwtgck/actions-netlify@v3.0
-        id: preview
+        id: preview-netlify
         timeout-minutes: 1
         env:
           NETLIFY_AUTH_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.NETLIFY_AUTH_TOKEN }}
-          NETLIFY_SITE_ID: ${{ secrets.NETLIFY_SITE_ID }}
+          NETLIFY_SITE_ID:    ${{ secrets.NETLIFY_SITE_ID    }}
         with:
-          github-token: ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }}
-          # Fail the job early if credentials are missing / invalid:
+          # Fail the job when the required Netlify credentials are missing from ENV:
           fails-without-credentials: true
-          # Sets/creates the Netlify deploy URL prefix.
-          # Uses the PR number for uniqueness:
-          alias: ${{ env.NETLIFY_SITE_PREFIX }}
+          # Set/create the Netlify deploy URL prefix:
+          alias: ${{ env.PREVIEW_SITE_PREFIX }}
           # Only publish the contents of the build output:
           publish-dir: ${{ env.BUILD_DIR }}
           # Custom message for the deploy log on Netlify:
-          deploy-message: '${{ env.PR_TITLE }} (PR #${{ env.PR_NUMBER }} @ commit: ${{ env.PR_HEADSHA }})'
+          deploy-message: 'Preview Build (PR #${{ env.PR_NUMBER }} @ commit: ${{ env.PR_HEADSHA }}'
 
-          # Note: Split workflow incorrectly references latest primary branch commit for deployment.
-          # Assign to non-default Deployment Environment for better management:
-          github-deployment-environment: documentation-previews
-          github-deployment-description: 'Preview deploy for documentation PRs'
-
-          # Note - PR context used by this action is incorrect. These features are broken with split workflow:
-          # https://github.com/nwtgck/actions-netlify/issues/545
           # Disable unwanted action defaults:
-          # Disable adding deploy comment on pre-merge commit (Github creates this for PR diff):
+          # This input does not fallback to the GITHUB_TOKEN taken from context, nor log that it will skip extra features of the action when this input is not set:
+          # https://github.com/nwtgck/actions-netlify/issues/1219
+          # github-token: ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }}
+          # NOTE: These features won't work correctly when the triggered workflow is not run from the PR branch due to assumed `pull_request` context:
+          # https://github.com/nwtgck/actions-netlify/issues/545
+          # Disable adding a comment to the commit belonging to context `github.sha` about the successful deployment (redundant and often wrong commit):
           enable-commit-comment: false
-          # Disable adding a "Netlify - Netlify deployment" check status:
+          # Disable adding a "Netlify - Netlify deployment" PR check status (workflow job status is sufficient):
           enable-commit-status: false
-          # Disable. We provide a custom PR comment in the next action:
+          # Disable adding a comment about successful deployment status to the PR.
+          # Prefer `marocchino/sticky-pull-request-comment` instead (more flexible and allows custom message):
           enable-pull-request-comment: false
+          # Opt-out of deployment feature:
+          # NOTE:
+          # - When affected by `nwtgck/actions-netlify/issues/545`, the deployments published reference the wrong commit and thus information.
+          # - While the feature creates or assigns a deployment to associate the build with, it is unrelated to the related environments feature (secrets/vars):
+          #   https://github.com/nwtgck/actions-netlify/issues/538#issuecomment-833983970
+          #   https://docs.github.com/en/actions/managing-workflow-runs-and-deployments/managing-deployments/viewing-deployment-history
+          #   https://docs.github.com/en/actions/managing-workflow-runs-and-deployments/managing-deployments/managing-environments-for-deployment
+          enable-github-deployment: false
+          # Assign to non-default Deployment Environment for better management:
+          # github-deployment-environment: documentation-previews
+          # github-deployment-description: 'Preview deploy for documentation PRs'
 
           # If a `netlify.toml` config is ever needed, enable this:
           # netlify-config-path: ./docs/netlify.toml
-          # If ever switching from Github Pages, enable this conditionally (false by default):
+          # If ever switching from Github Pages, enable this only when not deploying a preview build (false by default):
           # production-deploy: false
 
-      - name: 'Comment on PR: Add/Update deployment status'
+      - name: 'Comment on PR with preview link'
         uses: marocchino/sticky-pull-request-comment@v2
         with:
           number: ${{ env.PR_NUMBER }}
           header: preview-comment
           recreate: true
           message: |
-            [Documentation preview for this PR](${{ steps.preview.outputs.deploy-url }}) is ready! :tada:
+            [Documentation preview for this PR](${{ steps.preview-netlify.outputs.deploy-url }}) is ready! :tada:
 
             Built with commit: ${{ env.PR_HEADSHA }}
 
-      - name: 'Commit Status: Update deployment status'
+      # Manage workflow deployment status (Part 2/2):
+      - name: 'Commit Status (2/2) - Update deployment status'
         uses: myrotvorets/set-commit-status-action@v2.0.1
-        # Always run this step regardless of job failing early:
+        # Always run this step regardless of the job failing early:
         if: ${{ always() }}
+        # Custom status descriptions:
         env:
           DEPLOY_SUCCESS: Successfully deployed preview.
           DEPLOY_FAILURE: Failed to deploy preview.
         with:
           token: ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }}
           status: ${{ job.status == 'success' && 'success' || 'failure' }}
-          sha: ${{ github.event.workflow_run.head_sha }}
+          sha: ${{ env.PR_HEADSHA }}
           context: 'Deploy Preview (pull_request => workflow_run)'
           description: ${{ job.status == 'success' && env.DEPLOY_SUCCESS || env.DEPLOY_FAILURE }}

.github/workflows/docs-preview-prepare.yml

@@ -7,74 +7,68 @@ on:
       - '.github/workflows/scripts/docs/build-docs.sh'
       - '.github/workflows/docs-preview-prepare.yml'
 
-# If the workflow for a PR is triggered multiple times, previous existing runs will be canceled.
-# eg: Applying multiple suggestions from a review directly via the Github UI.
-# Instances of the 2nd phase of this workflow (via `workflow_run`) presently lack concurrency limits due to added complexity.
+# If this workflow is triggered while already running for the PR, cancel any earlier running instances:
+# Instances of the 2nd phase of this workflow (via `workflow_run`) lack any concurrency limits due to added complexity.
 concurrency:
   group: deploypreview-pullrequest-${{ github.event.pull_request.number }}
   cancel-in-progress: true
 
+env:
+  # Build output directory (created by the mkdocs-material container, keep this in sync with `build-docs.sh`):
+  BUILD_DIR: docs/site/
+  # These two are only needed to construct `PREVIEW_URL`:
+  PREVIEW_SITE_NAME: dms-doc-previews
+  PREVIEW_SITE_PREFIX: pullrequest-${{ github.event.pull_request.number }}
+
 # `pull_request` workflow is unreliable alone: Non-collaborator contributions lack access to secrets for security reasons.
 # A separate workflow (docs-preview-deploy.yml) handles the deploy after the potentially untrusted code is first run in this workflow.
 # See: https://securitylab.github.com/research/github-actions-preventing-pwn-requests/
 permissions:
+  # Required by `actions/checkout` for git checkout:
   contents: read
 
 jobs:
   prepare-preview:
     name: 'Build Preview'
-    runs-on: ubuntu-22.04
-    env:
-      BUILD_DIR: docs/site
-      NETLIFY_SITE_PREFIX: pullrequest-${{ github.event.pull_request.number }}
-      NETLIFY_SITE_NAME: dms-doc-previews
+    runs-on: ubuntu-24.04
     steps:
-      - uses: actions/checkout@v4
+      - uses: actions/checkout@v5
+
+      # ================== #
+      # Build docs preview #
+      # ================== #
 
       - name: 'Build with mkdocs-material via Docker'
-        working-directory: docs
+        working-directory: docs/
         env:
-          PREVIEW_URL: 'https://${NETLIFY_SITE_PREFIX}--${NETLIFY_SITE_NAME}.netlify.app/'
-          NETLIFY_BRANDING: '<a href="https://www.netlify.com/"><img alt="Deploys by Netlify" src="https://www.netlify.com/img/global/badges/netlify-color-accent.svg" style="float: right;"></a>'
+          PREVIEW_URL: 'https://${{ env.PREVIEW_SITE_PREFIX }}--${{ env.PREVIEW_SITE_NAME }}.netlify.app/'
         run: |
-          # Adjust mkdocs.yml for preview build
-          sed -i "s|^site_url:.*|site_url: '${PREVIEW_URL}'|" mkdocs.yml
+          # Adjust `mkdocs.yml` for the preview build requirements:
+          # - Replace production `site_url` with the preview URL (only affects the canonical link: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canonical_link_element#HTML)
+          # - Prepend Netlify logo link to `copyright` content
+          sed -i "s|^site_url:.*|site_url: '${{ env.PREVIEW_URL }}'|" mkdocs.yml
 
-          # Insert sponsor branding into page content (Provider OSS plan requirement):
-          # Upstream does not provide a nicer maintainable way to do this..
-          # Prepends HTML to copyright text and then aligns to the right side.
+          # Insert branding into page content (Netlify OSS plan requirement):
+          # - `mkdocs-material` does not provide a better way to do this.
+          # - Prepends HTML to the copyright text and then aligns the logo to the right-side of the page.
+          NETLIFY_BRANDING='<a href="https://www.netlify.com/"><img alt="Deploys by Netlify" src="https://www.netlify.com/img/global/badges/netlify-color-accent.svg" style="float: right;"></a>'
           sed -i "s|^copyright: '|copyright: '${NETLIFY_BRANDING}|" mkdocs.yml
-          # Need to override a CSS media query for parent element to always be full width:
+          # Override a CSS media query for the parent element to always be full width:
           echo '.md-footer-copyright { width: 100%; }' >> content/assets/css/customizations.css
 
-          ../.github/workflows/scripts/docs/build-docs.sh
+          # Build and prepare for upload:
+          echo "::group::Build (stdout)"
+          bash ../.github/workflows/scripts/docs/build-docs.sh
+          echo "::endgroup::"
 
       # ============================== #
       # Volley over to secure workflow #
       # ============================== #
 
-      # Minimize risk of upload failure by bundling files to a single compressed archive (tar + zstd).
-      # Bundles build dir and env file into a compressed archive, nested file paths will be preserved.
-      - name: 'Prepare artifact for transfer'
-        env:
-          # As a precaution, reference this value by an interpolated ENV var;
-          # instead of interpolating user controllable input directly in the shell script..
-          # https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/issues/2332#issuecomment-998326798
-          PR_TITLE: ${{ github.event.pull_request.title }}
-        run: |
-          # Save ENV for transfer
-          {
-            echo "PR_HEADSHA=${{ github.event.pull_request.head.sha }}"
-            echo "PR_NUMBER=${{ github.event.pull_request.number }}"
-            echo "PR_TITLE=${PR_TITLE}"
-            echo "NETLIFY_SITE_PREFIX=${{ env.NETLIFY_SITE_PREFIX }}"
-            echo "BUILD_DIR=${{ env.BUILD_DIR }}"
-          } >> pr.env
-          tar --zstd -cf artifact.tar.zst pr.env ${{ env.BUILD_DIR }}
-
+      # Archives directory `path` into a ZIP file:
       - name: 'Upload artifact for workflow transfer'
         uses: actions/upload-artifact@v4
         with:
           name: preview-build
-          path: artifact.tar.zst
+          path: ${{ env.BUILD_DIR }}
           retention-days: 1

.github/workflows/docs-production-deploy.yml

@@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ jobs:
     permissions:
       contents: write
     name: 'Deploy Docs'
-    runs-on: ubuntu-22.04
+    runs-on: ubuntu-24.04
     steps:
-      - uses: actions/checkout@v4
+      - uses: actions/checkout@v5
 
       - name: 'Check if deploy is for a `v<major>.<minor>` tag version instead of `edge`'
         if: startsWith(github.ref, 'refs/tags/')
@@ -73,16 +73,16 @@ jobs:
     permissions:
       contents: write
     name: 'Update `versions.json` if necessary'
-    runs-on: ubuntu-22.04
+    runs-on: ubuntu-24.04
     if: startsWith(github.ref, 'refs/tags/')
     # Avoid race condition with pushing to `gh-pages` branch by waiting for `deploy` to complete first
     needs: deploy
     steps:
       - name: 'Checkout the tagged commit (shallow clone)'
-        uses: actions/checkout@v4
+        uses: actions/checkout@v5
 
       - name: 'Checkout the docs deployment branch to a subdirectory'
-        uses: actions/checkout@v4
+        uses: actions/checkout@v5
         with:
           ref: gh-pages
           path: gh-pages
@@ -109,13 +109,13 @@ jobs:
   update-latest-symlink:
     permissions:
       contents: write
-    name: 'update `latest` symlink if neccessary'
-    runs-on: ubuntu-22.04
+    name: 'update `latest` symlink if necessary'
+    runs-on: ubuntu-24.04
     if: startsWith(github.ref, 'refs/tags/')
     needs: add-version-to-docs
     steps:
       - name: 'Checkout the docs deployment branch'
-        uses: actions/checkout@v4
+        uses: actions/checkout@v5
         with:
           ref: gh-pages
 

.github/workflows/generic_build.yml

@@ -23,16 +23,16 @@ permissions:
 jobs:
   build-image:
     name: 'Build'
-    runs-on: ubuntu-22.04
+    runs-on: ubuntu-24.04
     outputs:
       build-cache-key: ${{ steps.derive-image-cache-key.outputs.digest }}
     steps:
       - name: 'Checkout'
-        uses: actions/checkout@v4
+        uses: actions/checkout@v5
         with:
           submodules: recursive
 
-      # Can potentially be replaced by: `${{ hashFiles('target/**', 'Dockerfile', 'VERSION') }}`
+      # Can potentially be replaced by: `${{ hashFiles('target/**', 'Dockerfile') }}`
       # Must not be affected by file metadata changes and have a consistent sort order:
       # https://docs.github.com/en/actions/learn-github-actions/expressions#hashfiles
       # Keying by the relevant build context is more re-usable than a commit SHA.
@@ -40,10 +40,7 @@ jobs:
         id: derive-image-cache-key
         shell: bash
         run: |
-          ADDITIONAL_FILES=(
-            'Dockerfile'
-            'VERSION'
-          )
+          ADDITIONAL_FILES=( 'Dockerfile' )
 
           # Recursively collect file paths from `target/` and pipe a list of
           # checksums to be sorted (by hash value) and finally generate a checksum
@@ -74,16 +71,16 @@ jobs:
             cache-buildx-
 
       - name: 'Set up QEMU'
-        uses: docker/setup-qemu-action@v3.0.0
+        uses: docker/setup-qemu-action@v3.6.0
         with:
           platforms: arm64
 
       - name: 'Set up Docker Buildx'
-        uses: docker/setup-buildx-action@v3.3.0
+        uses: docker/setup-buildx-action@v3.11.1
 
       # NOTE: AMD64 can build within 2 minutes
       - name: 'Build images'
-        uses: docker/build-push-action@v5.3.0
+        uses: docker/build-push-action@v6.18.0
         with:
           context: .
           # Build at least the AMD64 image (which runs against the test suite).

.github/workflows/generic_publish.yml

@@ -14,16 +14,16 @@ permissions:
 jobs:
   publish-images:
     name: 'Publish'
-    runs-on: ubuntu-22.04
+    runs-on: ubuntu-24.04
     steps:
       - name: 'Checkout'
-        uses: actions/checkout@v4
+        uses: actions/checkout@v5
         with:
           submodules: recursive
 
       - name: 'Prepare tags'
         id: prep
-        uses: docker/metadata-action@v5.5.1
+        uses: docker/metadata-action@v5.8.0
         with:
           images: |
             ${{ secrets.DOCKER_REPOSITORY }}
@@ -35,12 +35,12 @@ jobs:
             type=semver,pattern={{major}}.{{minor}}.{{patch}}
 
       - name: 'Set up QEMU'
-        uses: docker/setup-qemu-action@v3.0.0
+        uses: docker/setup-qemu-action@v3.6.0
         with:
           platforms: arm64
 
       - name: 'Set up Docker Buildx'
-        uses: docker/setup-buildx-action@v3.3.0
+        uses: docker/setup-buildx-action@v3.11.1
 
       # Try get the cached build layers from a prior `generic_build.yml` job.
       # NOTE: Until adopting `type=gha` scoped cache exporter (in `docker/build-push-action`),
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ jobs:
           password: ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }}
 
       - name: 'Build and publish images'
-        uses: docker/build-push-action@v5.3.0
+        uses: docker/build-push-action@v6.18.0
         with:
           context: .
           build-args: |

.github/workflows/generic_test.yml

@@ -13,14 +13,14 @@ permissions:
 jobs:
   run-tests:
     name: 'Test'
-    runs-on: ubuntu-22.04
+    runs-on: ubuntu-24.04
     strategy:
       matrix:
         part: [serial, parallel/set1, parallel/set2, parallel/set3]
       fail-fast: false
     steps:
       - name: Checkout
-        uses: actions/checkout@v4
+        uses: actions/checkout@v5
         with:
           # Required to retrieve bats (core + extras):
           submodules: recursive
@@ -38,12 +38,12 @@ jobs:
       # Ensures consistent BuildKit version (not coupled to Docker Engine),
       # and increased compatibility of the build cache vs mixing buildx drivers.
       - name: 'Set up Docker Buildx'
-        uses: docker/setup-buildx-action@v3.3.0
+        uses: docker/setup-buildx-action@v3.11.1
 
       # Importing from the cache should create the image within approx 30 seconds:
       # NOTE: `qemu` step is not needed as we only test for AMD64.
       - name: 'Build AMD64 image from cache'
-        uses: docker/build-push-action@v5.3.0
+        uses: docker/build-push-action@v6.18.0
         with:
           context: .
           tags: mailserver-testing:ci

.github/workflows/generic_vulnerability-scan.yml

@@ -19,10 +19,10 @@ jobs:
     permissions:
       contents: read         # for actions/checkout to fetch code
       security-events: write # for github/codeql-action/upload-sarif to upload SARIF results
-    runs-on: ubuntu-22.04
+    runs-on: ubuntu-24.04
     steps:
       - name: 'Checkout'
-        uses: actions/checkout@v4
+        uses: actions/checkout@v5
 
       # Get the cached build layers from the build job:
       # This should always be a cache-hit, thus `restore-keys` fallback is not used.
@@ -37,12 +37,12 @@ jobs:
       # Ensures consistent BuildKit version (not coupled to Docker Engine),
       # and increased compatibility of the build cache vs mixing buildx drivers.
       - name: 'Set up Docker Buildx'
-        uses: docker/setup-buildx-action@v3.3.0
+        uses: docker/setup-buildx-action@v3.11.1
 
       # Importing from the cache should create the image within approx 30 seconds:
       # NOTE: `qemu` step is not needed as we only test for AMD64.
       - name: 'Build AMD64 image from cache'
-        uses: docker/build-push-action@v5.3.0
+        uses: docker/build-push-action@v6.18.0
         with:
           context: .
           tags: mailserver-testing:ci
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ jobs:
           provenance: false
 
       - name: 'Run the Anchore Grype scan action'
-        uses: anchore/scan-action@v3.6.4
+        uses: anchore/scan-action@v7.0.0
         id: scan
         with:
           image: mailserver-testing:ci

.github/workflows/handle_stalled.yml

@@ -5,17 +5,17 @@ on:
     - cron: "0 1 * * *"
 
 permissions:
+  actions: write
   contents: read
+  issues: write
+  pull-requests: write
 
 jobs:
   stale:
-    permissions:
-      issues: write
-      pull-requests: write
-    runs-on: ubuntu-22.04
+    runs-on: ubuntu-24.04
     steps:
       - name: Close stale issues
-        uses: actions/stale@v9
+        uses: actions/stale@v10
         with:
           repo-token: ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }}
           days-before-stale: 20

.github/workflows/linting.yml

@@ -13,10 +13,10 @@ permissions:
 
 jobs:
   lint:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-22.04
+    runs-on: ubuntu-24.04
     steps:
       - name: Checkout
-        uses: actions/checkout@v4
+        uses: actions/checkout@v5
 
       - name: Hadolint
         run: make hadolint

.github/workflows/scripts/docs/build-docs.sh

@@ -7,10 +7,11 @@ set -ex
 # `build --strict` ensures the build fails when any warnings are omitted.
 docker run \
   --rm \
+  --quiet \
   --user "$(id -u):$(id -g)" \
-  --volume "${PWD}:/docs" \
+  --volume "./:/docs" \
   --name "build-docs" \
-  squidfunk/mkdocs-material:9.5 build --strict
+  squidfunk/mkdocs-material:9.6 build --strict
 
 # Remove unnecessary build artifacts: https://github.com/squidfunk/mkdocs-material/issues/2519
 # site/ is the build output folder.

CHANGELOG.md

@@ -2,10 +2,169 @@
 
 All notable changes to this project will be documented in this file. The format is based on [Keep a Changelog](https://keepachangelog.com/en/1.0.0/), and this project adheres to [Semantic Versioning](https://semver.org/spec/v2.0.0.html).
 
-## [Unreleased](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/compare/v14.0.0...HEAD)
+## [Unreleased](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/compare/v15.1.0...HEAD)
 
 > **Note**: Changes and additions listed here are contained in the `:edge` image tag. These changes may not be as stable as released changes.
 
+### Fixed
+
+- **Internal:**
+  - `ENABLE_QUOTAS=1` - When an alias has multiple addresses, the first local mailbox address found will be used for the Dovecot dummy account workaround ([#4581](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4581))
+
+### Removed
+
+- **SpamAssassin:**
+  - Removed Pyzor + Razor due to maintenance concerns. From observations it is unlikely to have any notable regression ([#4548](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4548))
+
+### Updated
+
+- **Internal:**
+  - Aligning with the change in upstream Debian, APT package repositories added by DMS have migrated the format from `.list` to `.sources` ([DEB822](https://repolib.readthedocs.io/en/latest/deb822-format.html)) ([#4556](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4556))
+  - Third-party sourced CLI tools updated ([#4557](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4557)):
+    - `jaq` from `2.1.0` to [`2.3.0`](https://github.com/01mf02/jaq/releases/tag/v2.3.0)
+    - `step` CLI from `0.28.2` to [`0.28.7`](https://github.com/smallstep/cli/releases/tag/v0.28.7))
+  - DMS logs now all output to STDERR (formerly only warning/error logs) (#[4586](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4586))
+- **Dovecot**
+  - Updated the FTS plugin Xapian from `1.9` to [`1.9.1`](https://github.com/grosjo/fts-xapian/releases/tag/1.9.1) which adds Dovecot 2.4 compatibility ([#4557](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4557))
+- **Postfix**
+  - Replaced `disable_dns_lookups` with `smtp_dns_support_level` in Amavis configuration ([#4568](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4568))
+
+## [v15.1.0](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/compare/v15.1.0...HEAD)
+
+> [!NOTE]
+>
+> This release is the last release before we start with breaking changes for the transition to Debian 13.
+
+### Added
+
+- **Environment Variables:**
+  - [ENV can be declared with a `__FILE` suffix](https://docker-mailserver.github.io/docker-mailserver/v15.1/config/environment/) to read a value from a file during initial DMS setup scripts ([#4359](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4359))
+  - Improved docs for the ENV `OVERRIDE_HOSTNAME` ([#4492](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4492))
+- **Internal:**
+  - [`DMS_CONFIG_POLL`](https://docker-mailserver.github.io/docker-mailserver/v15.1/config/environment/#dms_config_poll) supports adjusting the polling rate (seconds) for the change detection service `check-for-changes.sh` ([#4450](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4450))
+
+### Fixes
+
+- **DKIM**
+  - `setup config dkim domain subdomain.example.com` no longer throws an error if the owner of config/opendkim/keys does not exist in the container ([#4517](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4517))
+- **Fail2Ban**
+  - Configure logrotate only when Fail2Ban is enabled ([#4493](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4523))
+- **Internal:**
+  - The DMS _Config Volume_ (`/tmp/docker-mailserver`) will now ensure it's file tree is accessible for services when the volume was created with missing executable bit ([#4487](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4487))
+  - Removed the build-time hostname workaround for Postfix as Debian has since patched their post-install script ([#4493](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4493))
+  - Fixed various typos across codebase ([#4552](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4552))
+
+### Updates
+
+- **Documentation:**
+  - Added a compatibility note for a Dovecot + Solr 9.8 breaking change ([#4433](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4433))
+  - Updated the Podman documentation with deprecation warnings and up-to-date technologies such as rootless Quadlets and Pasta networking ([#4183](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4183))
+  - `setup config dkim` (rspamd) - Corrected the expected path for the generated `dkim_signing.conf` file is now found in the DMS config volume ([#4521](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/issues/4521))
+- **Internal:**
+  - Refactored `setup config dkim` (`open-dkim`) ([#4375](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4375))
+  - `setup email list` and the default `ENABLE_QUOTAS=1` ENV now better communicates when config is incompatible ([#4453](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4453))
+
+### Removed
+
+- **Fail2Ban**
+  - Removed `postfix-sasl` jail by default as it is covered by `postfix[mode=extra]` already ([#4535](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4535))
+
+## [v15.0.2](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/releases/tag/v15.0.2)
+
+### Fixes
+
+- **Postfix**
+  - Avoid modifying the message body when filtering sender headers. This regression was introduced from [#4120](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4120) as part of DMS v15.0.0 ([#4429](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4429))
+
+## [v15.0.1](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/releases/tag/v15.0.1)
+
+### Added
+
+- **Internal:**
+  - Added the Smallstep `step` CLI command for future internal usage ([#4376](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4376))
+
+### Fixes
+
+- **Postfix:**
+  - `setup email restrict` generated configs now only prepend to `dms_smtpd_sender_restrictions` ([#4379](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4379))
+- **Rspamd:**
+  - Change detection support now monitors all files found within the DMS _Config Volume_ Rspamd directory ([#4418](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4418))
+- **Internal:**
+  - A permissions fix for `/var/log/mail` that was [added in DMS v15]((https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4374)) no longer encounters an error when no log files are present during a container restart, such as with a `tmpfs` volume mount ([#4391](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4391))
+  - The DMS _State Volume_ (`/var/mail-state`) will now ensure it's file tree is accessible for services when the volume was created with missing executable bit ([#4420](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4420))
+  - The DMS _Config Volume_ (`/tmp/docker-mailserver`) now correctly updates permissions on container restarts ([#4417](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4417))
+
+### Updates
+
+- **Internal:**
+  - Minor improvements to `_install_utils()` in `packages.sh` ([#4376](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4376))
+
+## [v15.0.0](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/releases/tag/v15.0.0)
+
+### Breaking
+
+- **saslauthd** mechanism support via ENV `SASLAUTHD_MECHANISMS` with `pam`, `shadow`, `mysql` values has been removed. Only `ldap` and `rimap` remain supported ([#4259](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4259))
+- **getmail6** has been refactored: ([#4156](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4156))
+  - The [DMS config volume](https://docker-mailserver.github.io/docker-mailserver/v15.0/config/advanced/optional-config/#volumes) now has support for `getmailrc_general.cf` for overriding [common default settings](https://docker-mailserver.github.io/docker-mailserver/v15.0/config/advanced/mail-getmail/#common-options). If you previously mounted this config file directly to `/etc/getmailrc_general` you should switch to our config volume support.
+  - Generated getmail configuration files no longer set the `message_log` option. Instead of individual log files per config, the [default base settings DMS configures](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/tree/v15.0.0/target/getmail/getmailrc_general) now enables `message_log_syslog`. This aligns with how other services in DMS log to syslog where it is captured in `mail.log`.
+  - Getmail configurations have changed location from the base of the DMS Config Volume, to the `getmail/` subdirectory. Any existing configurations **must be migrated manually.**
+  - **DMS v14 mistakenly** relocated the _getmail state directory_ to the _DMS Config Volume_ as a `getmail/` subdirectory.
+    - This has been corrected to `/var/lib/getmail` (_if you have mounted a DMS State Volume to `/var/mail-state`, `/var/lib/getmail` will be symlinked to `/var/mail-state/lib-getmail`_).
+    - To preserve this state when upgrading to DMS v15, **you must manually migrate `getmail/` from the _DMS Config Volume_ to `lib-getmail/` in the _DMS State Volume_.**
+  - `setup email delete <EMAIL ADDRESS>` now requires explicit confirmation if the mailbox data should be deleted ([#4365](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4365)).
+- **Rspamd:** Removed deprecated file path check (_DMS config volume: `./rspamd-modules.conf` => `./rspamd/custom-commands.conf`_) ([#4373](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4373))
+
+### Added
+
+- **Internal:**
+  - Add password confirmation to several `setup` CLI subcommands ([#4072](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4072))
+  - Added a `debug getmail` subcommand to `setup` ([#4346](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4346))
+
+### Updates
+
+- **Internal:**
+  - **Removed `VERSION` file** from the repo. Releases of DMS prior to v13 (Nov 2023) would check this to detect new releases ([#3677](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/issues/3677), [#4321](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4321))
+  - During image build, ensure a secure connection when downloading the `fail2ban` package ([#4080](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4080))
+- **Documentation:**
+  - Account Management and Authentication pages have been rewritten and better organized ([#4122](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4122))
+  - Add a caveat for `DMS_VMAIL_UID` not being compatible with `0` / root ([#4143](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4143))
+- **Getmail:** ([#4156](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4156))
+  - Added `getmail` as a new service for `supervisor` to manage, replacing cron for periodic polling.
+  - IMAP/POP3 example configs added to our [`config-examples`](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/tree/v15.0.0/config-examples/getmail).
+  - ENV [`GETMAIL_POLL`](https://docker-mailserver.github.io/docker-mailserver/v15.0/config/environment/#getmail_poll) now supports values above 30 minutes.
+- **Postfix:**
+  - By default opt-out from _Microsoft reactions_ for outbound mail ([#4120](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4120))
+- **Rspamd:**
+  - Updated GTube settings and tests ([#4191](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4191))
+- Updated externally installed software ([#4357](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4357)):
+  - `DOVECOT_COMMUNITY_REPO=1` custom image build ARG now supports the latest Dovecot [`2.4.x`](https://github.com/dovecot/core/releases/tag/2.4.0) (_DMS provides Dovecot `2.3.19` by default_)
+  - Dovecot FTS Xapian module (`1.7.12` => [`1.9.0`](https://github.com/grosjo/fts-xapian/releases/tag/1.9))
+  - `jaq` (`1.3.0` => [`2.1.0`](https://github.com/01mf02/jaq/releases/tag/v2.1.0))
+  - Fail2Ban (`1.0.2-2` => [`1.1.0`](https://github.com/fail2ban/fail2ban/releases/tag/1.1.0)) ([#4045](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4045))
+  - Rspamd (`3.8.4` => [`3.11.0`](https://github.com/rspamd/rspamd/releases/tag/3.11.0)) - Implicitly upgraded during image build, as the third-party repo lacks version pinning support.
+
+### Fixes
+
+- **Dovecot:**
+  - The logwatch `ignore.conf` now also excludes Xapian messages about pending documents ([#4060](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4060))
+  - `dovecot-fts-xapian` plugin was updated, fixing a regression with indexing ([#4095](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4095))
+  - The "dummy account" workaround for _Dovecot Quota_ feature support no longer treats the alias as a regex when checking the Dovecot UserDB ([#4222](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4222))
+- **LDAP:**
+  - Correctly apply a compatibility fix for OAuth2 introduced in DMS `v13.3.1` which had not been applied to the actual LDAP config changes ([#4175](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4175))
+- **Internal:**
+  - The main `mail.log` (_which is piped to stdout via `tail`_) now correctly begins from the first log line of the active container run. Previously some daemon logs and potential warnings/errors were omitted ([#4146](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4146))
+  - `start-mailserver.sh` removed unused `shopt -s inherit_errexit` ([#4161](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4161))
+  - Fixed a regression introduced in DMS v14 where `postfix-main.cf` appended `stderr` output into `/etc/postfix/main.cf`, causing Postfix startup to fail ([#4147](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4147))
+  - Fixed a regression introduced in DMS v14 to better support running `start-mailserver.sh` with container restarts, which now only skip calling `_setup()` ([#4323](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4323#issuecomment-2629559254), [#4374](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4374))
+  - The command `swaks --help` is now functional ([#4282](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4282))
+- **Rspamd:**
+  - DKIM private key path checking is now performed only on paths that do not contain `$` ([#4201](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4201))
+
+### CI
+
+- Removed `CONTRIBUTORS.md`, `.all-contributorsrc`, and workflow ([#4141](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4141))
+- Refactored the workflows to be more secure for generating documentation previews on PRs ([#4267](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4267), [#4264](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4264), [#4262](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4262), [#4247](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4247), [#4244](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4244))
+
 ## [v14.0.0](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/releases/tag/v14.0.0)
 
 The most noteworthy change of this release is the update of the container's base image from Debian 11 ("Bullseye") to Debian 12 ("Bookworm"). This update alone involves breaking changes and requires a careful update!
@@ -26,7 +185,7 @@ The most noteworthy change of this release is the update of the container's base
     - Removed custom installations of Fail2Ban, getmail6 and Rspamd
     - Updated packages lists and added comments for maintainability
 - OpenDMARC upgrade: `v1.4.0` => `v1.4.2` ([#3841](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3841))
-  - Previous versions of OpenDMARC would place incoming mail from domains announcing `p=quarantaine` (_that fail the DMARC check_) into the [Postfix "hold" queue](https://www.postfix.org/QSHAPE_README.html#hold_queue) until administrative intervention.
+  - Previous versions of OpenDMARC would place incoming mail from domains announcing `p=quarantine` (_that fail the DMARC check_) into the [Postfix "hold" queue](https://www.postfix.org/QSHAPE_README.html#hold_queue) until administrative intervention.
   - [OpenDMARC v1.4.2 has disabled that feature by default](https://github.com/trusteddomainproject/OpenDMARC/issues/105), but it can be enabled again by adding the setting `HoldQuarantinedMessages true` to [`/etc/opendmarc.conf`](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/blob/v13.3.1/target/opendmarc/opendmarc.conf) (_provided from DMS_).
     - [Our `user-patches.sh` feature](https://docker-mailserver.github.io/docker-mailserver/latest/config/advanced/override-defaults/user-patches/) provides a convenient approach to updating that config file.
     - Please let us know if you disagree with the upstream default being carried with DMS, or the value of providing alternative configuration support within DMS.
@@ -45,7 +204,7 @@ The most noteworthy change of this release is the update of the container's base
   - **Removed support for Solr integration:** ([#4025](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4025))
     - This was a community contributed feature for FTS (Full Text Search), the docs advise using an image that has not been maintained for over 2 years and lacks ARM64 support. Based on user engagement over the years this feature has very niche value to continue to support, thus is being removed.
     - If you use Solr, support can be restored if you're willing to contribute docs for the feature that resolves the concerns raised
-- **Log**:
+- **Log:**
   - The format of DMS specific logs (_from our scripts, not running services_) has been changed. The new format is `<RFC 3339 TIMESTAMP> <LOG LEVEL> <LOG EVENT SRC>: <MESSAGE>` ([#4035](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4035))
 - **rsyslog:**
   - Debian 12 adjusted the `rsyslog` configuration for the default file template from `RSYSLOG_TraditionalFileFormat` to `RSYSLOG_FileFormat` (_upstream default since 2012_). This change may affect you if you have any monitoring / analysis of log output (_eg: `mail.log` / `docker logs`_).
@@ -62,7 +221,7 @@ The most noteworthy change of this release is the update of the container's base
       - `smtp_sasl_auth_enable = yes` (_SASL auth to outbound MTA connections is enabled_)
       - `smtp_sasl_security_options = noanonymous` (_credentials are mandatory for outbound mail delivery_)
       - `smtp_tls_security_level = encrypt` (_the outbound MTA connection must always be secure due to credentials sent_)
-- **Environment Variables**:
+- **Environment Variables:**
   - `SA_SPAM_SUBJECT` has been renamed into `SPAM_SUBJECT` to become anti-spam service agnostic. ([#3820](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3820))
     - As this functionality is now handled in Dovecot via a Sieve script instead of the respective anti-spam service during Postfix processing, this feature will only apply to mail stored in Dovecot. If you have relied on this feature in a different context, it will no longer be available.
     - Rspamd previously handled this functionality via the `rewrite_subject` action which as now been disabled by default in favor of the new approach with `SPAM_SUBJECT`.
@@ -70,16 +229,16 @@ The most noteworthy change of this release is the update of the container's base
     - The default has changed to not prepend any prefix to the subject unless configured to do so. If you relied on the implicit prefix, you will now need to provide one explicitly.
     - `undef` was previously supported as an opt-out with `SA_SPAM_SUBJECT`. This is no longer valid, the equivalent opt-out value is now an empty value (_or rather the omission of this ENV being configured_).
     - The feature to include [`_SCORE_` tag](https://spamassassin.apache.org/full/4.0.x/doc/Mail_SpamAssassin_Conf.html#rewrite_header-subject-from-to-STRING) in your value to be replaced by the associated spam score is no longer available.
-- **Supervisord**:
-  - `supervisor-app.conf` renamed to `dms-services.conf`
-- **Rspamd**:
-  - the Redis history key has been changed in order to not incorporate the hostname of the container (which is desirable in Kubernetes environments) ([#3927](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3927))
-- **Account Management**
-  - addresses (accounts) are now normalized to lowercase automatically and a warning is logged in case uppercase letters are supplied
+- **Supervisord:**
+  - `supervisor-app.conf` renamed to `dms-services.conf` ([#3908](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3908))
+- **Rspamd:**
+  - The Redis history key has been changed in order to not incorporate the hostname of the container (which is desirable in Kubernetes environments) ([#3927](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3927))
+- **Account Management:**
+  - Addresses (accounts) are now normalized to lowercase automatically and a warning is logged in case uppercase letters are supplied ([#4033](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4033))
 
 ### Added
 
-- **Docs:**
+- **Documentation:**
   - A guide for configuring a public server to relay inbound and outbound mail from DMS on a private server ([#3973](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3973))
 - **Environment Variables:**
   - `LOGROTATE_COUNT` defines the number of files kept by logrotate ([#3907](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3907))
@@ -98,7 +257,7 @@ The most noteworthy change of this release is the update of the container's base
   - Enable spamassassin only, when amavis is enabled too. ([#3943](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3943))
 - **Tests:**
   - Refactored helper methods for sending e-mails with specific `Message-ID` headers and the helpers for retrieving + filtering logs, which together help isolate logs relevant to specific mail when multiple mails have been processed within a single test. ([#3786](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3786))
-- **Rspamd**:
+- **Rspamd:**
   - The `rewrite_subject` action, is now disabled by default. It has been replaced with the new `SPAM_SUBJECT` environment variable, which implements the functionality via a Sieve script instead which is anti-spam service agnostic ([#3820](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3820))
   - `RSPAMD_NEURAL` was added and is disabled by default. If switched on it will enable the experimental Rspamd "Neural network" module to add a layer of analysis to spam detection ([#3833](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3833))
   - The symbol weights of SPF, DKIM and DMARC have been adjusted again. Fixes a bug and includes more appropriate combinations of symbols ([#3913](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3913), [#3923](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3923))
@@ -148,12 +307,12 @@ The most noteworthy change of this release is the update of the container's base
 
 ### Added
 
-- **Docs:**
+- **Documentation:**
   - An example for how to bind outbound SMTP connections to a specific network interface ([#3465](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3465))
 
 ### Updates
 
-- **Tests**:
+- **Tests:**
   - Revised OAuth2 test ([#3795](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3795))
   - Replace `wc -l` with `grep -c` ([#3752](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3752))
   - Revised testing of service process management (supervisord) to be more robust ([#3780](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3780))
@@ -165,9 +324,9 @@ The most noteworthy change of this release is the update of the container's base
     - `test/files/emails/existing/` files were removed similar to previous removal of SMTP auth files as they became redundant with `swaks`.
 - **Internal:**
   - Postfix is now configured with `smtputf8_enable = no` in our default `main.cf` config (_instead of during container startup_). ([#3750](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3750))
-- **Rspamd** ([#3726](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3726)):
+- **Rspamd:** ([#3726](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3726)):
   - Symbol scores for SPF, DKIM & DMARC were updated to more closely align with [RFC7489](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7489#page-24). Please note that complete alignment is undesirable as other symbols may be added as well, which changes the overall score calculation again, see [this issue](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/issues/3690#issuecomment-1866871996)
-- **Docs:**
+- **Documentation:**
   - Revised the SpamAssassin ENV docs to better communicate configuration and their relation to other ENV settings. ([#3756](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3756))
   - Detailed how mail received is assigned a spam score by Rspamd and processed accordingly ([#3773](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3773))
 
@@ -201,11 +360,11 @@ DMS is now secured against the [recently published spoofing attack "SMTP Smuggli
 
 - The test suite now uses `swaks` instead of `nc`, which has multiple benefits ([#3732](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3732)):
   - `swaks` handles pipelining correctly, hence we can now use `reject_unauth_pipelining` in Postfix's configuration.
-  - `swaks` provides better CLI options that make many files superflous.
+  - `swaks` provides better CLI options that make many files superfluous.
   - `swaks` can also replace `openssl s_client` and handles authentication on submission ports better.
 - **Postfix:**
   - We now defer rejection from unauthorized pipelining until the SMTP `DATA` command via `smtpd_data_restrictions` (_i.e. at the end of the mail transfer transaction_) ([#3744](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3744))
-    - Prevously our configuration only handled this during the client and recipient restriction stages. Postfix will flag this activity when encountered, but the rejection now is handled at `DATA` where unauthorized pipelining would have been valid from this point.
+    - Previously our configuration only handled this during the client and recipient restriction stages. Postfix will flag this activity when encountered, but the rejection now is handled at `DATA` where unauthorized pipelining would have been valid from this point.
     - If you had the Amavis service enabled (default), this restriction was already in place. Otherwise the concerns expressed with `smtpd_data_restrictions = reject_unauth_pipelining` from the security section above apply. We have permitted trusted clients (_`$mynetworks` or authenticated_) to bypass this restriction.
 
 ## [v13.1.0](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/releases/tag/v13.1.0)
@@ -216,7 +375,7 @@ DMS is now secured against the [recently published spoofing attack "SMTP Smuggli
   - ENV `ENABLE_IMAP` ([#3703](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3703))
 - **Tests:**
   - You can now use `make run-local-instance` to run a DMS image that was built locally to test changes ([#3663](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3663))
-- **Internal**:
+- **Internal:**
   - Log a warning when update-check is enabled, but no stable release image is used ([#3684](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3684))
 
 ### Updates
@@ -231,7 +390,7 @@ DMS is now secured against the [recently published spoofing attack "SMTP Smuggli
 
 ### Fixed
 
-- **Internal**:
+- **Internal:**
   - The container startup welcome log message now references `DMS_RELEASE` ([#3676](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3676))
   - `VERSION` was incremented for prior releases to be notified of the v13.0.1 patch release ([#3676](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3676))
   - `VERSION` is no longer included in the image ([#3711](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3711))
@@ -436,7 +595,7 @@ Notable changes are:
 - Rspamd feature is promoted from preview status
 - Services no longer use `chroot`
 - Fail2Ban major version upgrade
-- ARMv7 platform is no longer suppoted
+- ARMv7 platform is no longer supported
 - TLS 1.2 is the minimum supported protocol
 - SMTP authentication on port 25 disabled
 - The value of `smtpd_sender_restrictions` for Postfix has replaced the value ([#3127](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3127)):

Dockerfile

@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ SHELL ["/bin/bash", "-e", "-o", "pipefail", "-c"]
 # which would require an extra memory of 500MB+ during an image build.
 # When using `COPY --link`, the `--chown` option is only compatible with numeric ID values.
 # hadolint ignore=DL3021
-COPY --link --chown=200 --from=docker.io/clamav/clamav:latest /var/lib/clamav /var/lib/clamav
+COPY --link --chown=200 --from=docker.io/clamav/clamav-debian:latest /var/lib/clamav /var/lib/clamav
 
 RUN <<EOF
   # `COPY --link --chown=200` has a bug when built by the buildx docker-container driver.
@@ -82,22 +82,12 @@ EOF
 
 # install fts_xapian plugin
 
-COPY --from=stage-compile dovecot-fts-xapian-1.7.12_1.7.12_*.deb /
-RUN dpkg -i /dovecot-fts-xapian-1.7.12_1.7.12_*.deb && rm /dovecot-fts-xapian-1.7.12_1.7.12_*.deb
+COPY --from=stage-compile dovecot-fts-xapian-*.deb /
+RUN dpkg -i /dovecot-fts-xapian-*.deb && rm /dovecot-fts-xapian-*.deb
 
 COPY target/dovecot/*.inc target/dovecot/*.conf /etc/dovecot/conf.d/
 COPY target/dovecot/dovecot-purge.cron /etc/cron.d/dovecot-purge.disabled
 RUN chmod 0 /etc/cron.d/dovecot-purge.disabled
-WORKDIR /usr/share/dovecot
-
-# hadolint ignore=SC2016,SC2086,SC2069
-RUN <<EOF
-  sedfile -i -e 's/include_try \/usr\/share\/dovecot\/protocols\.d/include_try \/etc\/dovecot\/protocols\.d/g' /etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf
-  sedfile -i -e 's/#mail_plugins = \$mail_plugins/mail_plugins = \$mail_plugins sieve/g' /etc/dovecot/conf.d/15-lda.conf
-  sedfile -i -e 's/^.*lda_mailbox_autocreate.*/lda_mailbox_autocreate = yes/g' /etc/dovecot/conf.d/15-lda.conf
-  sedfile -i -e 's/^.*lda_mailbox_autosubscribe.*/lda_mailbox_autosubscribe = yes/g' /etc/dovecot/conf.d/15-lda.conf
-  sedfile -i -e 's/^.*postmaster_address.*/postmaster_address = '${POSTMASTER_ADDRESS:="postmaster@domain.com"}'/g' /etc/dovecot/conf.d/15-lda.conf
-EOF
 
 # -----------------------------------------------
 # --- Rspamd ------------------------------------
@@ -109,14 +99,15 @@ COPY target/rspamd/local.d/ /etc/rspamd/local.d/
 # --- OAUTH2 ------------------------------------
 # -----------------------------------------------
 
-COPY target/dovecot/auth-oauth2.conf.ext /etc/dovecot/conf.d
 COPY target/dovecot/dovecot-oauth2.conf.ext /etc/dovecot
+COPY target/dovecot/auth-oauth2.conf.ext /etc/dovecot/conf.d
 
 # -----------------------------------------------
 # --- LDAP & SpamAssassin's Cron ----------------
 # -----------------------------------------------
 
 COPY target/dovecot/dovecot-ldap.conf.ext /etc/dovecot
+COPY target/dovecot/auth-ldap.conf.ext /etc/dovecot/conf.d
 COPY \
   target/postfix/ldap-users.cf \
   target/postfix/ldap-groups.cf \
@@ -160,22 +151,6 @@ RUN <<EOF
   chmod 644 /etc/amavis/conf.d/*
 EOF
 
-# overcomplication necessary for CI
-# hadolint ignore=SC2086
-RUN <<EOF
-  for _ in {1..10}; do
-    su - amavis -c "razor-admin -create"
-    sleep 3
-    if su - amavis -c "razor-admin -register"; then
-      EC=0
-      break
-    else
-      EC=${?}
-    fi
-  done
-  exit ${EC}
-EOF
-
 # -----------------------------------------------
 # --- Fail2Ban, DKIM & DMARC --------------------
 # -----------------------------------------------
@@ -185,8 +160,6 @@ COPY target/fail2ban/fail2ban.d/fixes.local /etc/fail2ban/fail2ban.d/fixes.local
 RUN <<EOF
   ln -s  /var/log/mail/mail.log     /var/log/mail.log
   ln -sf /var/log/mail/fail2ban.log /var/log/fail2ban.log
-  # disable sshd jail
-  rm /etc/fail2ban/jail.d/defaults-debian.conf
 EOF
 
 COPY target/opendkim/opendkim.conf /etc/opendkim.conf
@@ -214,7 +187,8 @@ EOF
 RUN echo 'Reason_Message = Message {rejectdefer} due to: {spf}.' >>/etc/postfix-policyd-spf-python/policyd-spf.conf
 
 COPY target/fetchmail/fetchmailrc /etc/fetchmailrc_general
-COPY target/getmail/getmailrc /etc/getmailrc_general
+COPY target/getmail/getmailrc_general /etc/getmailrc_general
+COPY target/getmail/getmail-service.sh /usr/local/bin/
 COPY target/postfix/main.cf target/postfix/master.cf /etc/postfix/
 
 # DH parameters for DHE cipher suites, ffdhe4096 is the official standard 4096-bit DH params now part of TLS 1.3

README.md

@@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ A production-ready fullstack but simple containerized mail server (SMTP, IMAP, L
 
 ## :package: Included Services
 
-- [Postfix](http://www.postfix.org) with SMTP or LDAP authentication and support for [extension delimiters](https://docker-mailserver.github.io/docker-mailserver/v13.3/config/user-management/#address-tags-extension-delimiters-as-an-alternative-to-aliases)
-- [Dovecot](https://www.dovecot.org) with SASL, IMAP, POP3, LDAP, [basic Sieve support](https://docker-mailserver.github.io/docker-mailserver/latest/config/advanced/mail-sieve) and [quotas](https://docker-mailserver.github.io/docker-mailserver/v13.3/config/user-management/#quotas)
+- [Postfix](http://www.postfix.org) with SMTP or LDAP authentication and support for [extension delimiters](https://docker-mailserver.github.io/docker-mailserver/latest/config/account-management/overview/#aliases)
+- [Dovecot](https://www.dovecot.org) with SASL, IMAP, POP3, LDAP, [basic Sieve support](https://docker-mailserver.github.io/docker-mailserver/latest/config/advanced/mail-sieve) and [quotas](https://docker-mailserver.github.io/docker-mailserver/latest/config/account-management/overview/#quotas)
 - [Rspamd](https://rspamd.com/)
 - [Amavis](https://www.amavis.org/)
 - [SpamAssassin](http://spamassassin.apache.org/) supporting custom rules

VERSION

@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-14.0.0

compose.yaml

@@ -25,6 +25,6 @@ services:
     # cap_add:
     #   - NET_ADMIN
     healthcheck:
-      test: "ss --listening --tcp | grep -P 'LISTEN.+:smtp' || exit 1"
+      test: "ss --listening --ipv4 --tcp | grep --silent ':smtp' || exit 1"
       timeout: 3s
       retries: 0

config-examples/fail2ban-jail.cf

@@ -29,9 +29,6 @@ enabled = true
 # https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/issues/3256#issuecomment-1511188760
 mode = extra
 
-[postfix-sasl]
-enabled = true
-
 # This jail is used for manual bans.
 # To ban an IP address use: setup.sh fail2ban ban <IP>
 [custom]

config-examples/getmail/getmailrc_general.cf

@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+# https://getmail6.org/configuration.html#conf-options
+
 [options]
 verbose = 0
 read_all = false
@@ -5,3 +7,5 @@ delete = false
 max_messages_per_session = 500
 received = false
 delivered_to = false
+message_log_syslog = true
+

config-examples/getmail/imap-example.cf

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# https://getmail6.org/configuration.html
+
+[retriever]
+type = SimpleIMAPSSLRetriever
+server = imap.gmail.com
+username = alice
+password = notsecure
+
+[destination]
+type = MDA_external
+path = /usr/lib/dovecot/deliver
+allow_root_commands = true
+arguments =("-d","user1@example.com")

config-examples/getmail/pop3-example.cf

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# https://getmail6.org/configuration.html
+
+[retriever]
+type = SimplePOP3SSLRetriever
+server = pop3.gmail.com
+username = alice
+password = notsecure
+
+[destination]
+type = MDA_external
+path = /usr/lib/dovecot/deliver
+allow_root_commands = true
+arguments =("-d","user1@example.com")

demo-setups/fetchmail-compose.yaml

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+# Docs: https://docker-mailserver.github.io/docker-mailserver/v15.0/config/advanced/mail-fetchmail
+# Additional context, with CLI commands for verification:
+# https://github.com/orgs/docker-mailserver/discussions/3994#discussioncomment-9290570
+
+services:
+  dms-fetch:
+    image: ghcr.io/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver:latest # :15.0
+    hostname: mail.example.test
+    environment:
+      ENABLE_FETCHMAIL: 1
+      # We change this setting to 10 for quicker testing:
+      FETCHMAIL_POLL: 10
+    # Link the DNS lookup `remote.test` to resolve to the `dms-remote` container IP (for `@remote.test` address):
+    # This is only for this example, since no real DNS service is configured, this is a Docker internal DNS feature:
+    links:
+      - "dms-remote:remote.test"
+    # NOTE: Optional, You only need to publish ports if you want to verify via your own mail client.
+    #ports:
+    #  - "465:465"  # ESMTP (implicit TLS)
+    #  - "993:993"  # IMAP4 (implicit TLS)
+    # You'd normally use `volumes` here but for simplicity of the example, all config is contained within `compose.yaml`:
+    configs:
+      - source: dms-accounts-fetch
+        target: /tmp/docker-mailserver/postfix-accounts.cf
+      - source: fetchmail
+        target: /tmp/docker-mailserver/fetchmail.cf
+
+  dms-remote:
+    image: ghcr.io/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver:latest # :15.0
+    hostname: mail.remote.test
+    environment:
+      # Allows for us send a test mail easily by trusting any mail client run within this container (`swaks`):
+      PERMIT_DOCKER: container
+      # Alternatively, trust and accept any mail received from clients in same subnet of dms-fetch:
+      #PERMIT_DOCKER: connected-networks
+    configs:
+      - source: dms-accounts-remote
+        target: /tmp/docker-mailserver/postfix-accounts.cf
+
+# Using the Docker Compose `configs.content` feature instead of volume mounting separate files.
+# NOTE: This feature requires Docker Compose v2.23.1 (Nov 2023) or newer:
+# https://github.com/compose-spec/compose-spec/pull/446
+configs:
+  fetchmail:
+    content: |
+      poll 'mail.remote.test' proto imap
+        user 'jane.doe@remote.test'
+        pass 'secret'
+        is 'john.doe@example.test'
+        no sslcertck
+
+  # DMS requires an account to complete setup, configure one for each instance:
+  # NOTE: Both accounts are configured with the same password (SHA512-CRYPT hashed), `secret`.
+  dms-accounts-fetch:
+    content: |
+      john.doe@example.test|{SHA512-CRYPT}$$6$$sbgFRCmQ.KWS5ryb$$EsWrlYosiadgdUOxCBHY0DQ3qFbeudDhNMqHs6jZt.8gmxUwiLVy738knqkHD4zj4amkb296HFqQ3yDq4UXt8.
+
+  dms-accounts-remote:
+    content: |
+      jane.doe@remote.test|{SHA512-CRYPT}$$6$$sbgFRCmQ.KWS5ryb$$EsWrlYosiadgdUOxCBHY0DQ3qFbeudDhNMqHs6jZt.8gmxUwiLVy738knqkHD4zj4amkb296HFqQ3yDq4UXt8.

demo-setups/relay-compose.yaml

@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+# Docs: https://docker-mailserver.github.io/docker-mailserver/v15.0/config/advanced/mail-forwarding/relay-hosts/
+# Additional context, with CLI commands for verification:
+# https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/issues/4136#issuecomment-2253693490
+
+services:
+  # This would represent your actual DMS container:
+  dms-sender:
+    image: mailserver/docker-mailserver:latest # :15.0
+    hostname: mail.example.test
+    environment:
+      # All outbound mail will be relayed through this host
+      # (change the port to 587 if you do not want the postfix-main.cf override)
+      - DEFAULT_RELAY_HOST=[smtp.relay-service.test]:465
+      # Your relay host credentials.
+      # (since the relay in the example is DMS, the relay account username is a full email address)
+      - RELAY_USER=relay-user@relay-service.test
+      - RELAY_PASSWORD=secret
+      # The mail client (swaks) needs to connect with TLS:
+      - SSL_TYPE=manual
+      - SSL_KEY_PATH=/tmp/tls/key.pem
+      - SSL_CERT_PATH=/tmp/tls/cert.pem
+    # You would usually have `volumes` instead of this `configs`:
+    configs:
+      - source: dms-main
+        target: /tmp/docker-mailserver/postfix-main.cf
+      - source: dms-accounts
+        target: /tmp/docker-mailserver/postfix-accounts.cf
+      # Authenticating on port 587 or 465 enforces TLS requirement:
+      - source: tls-cert
+        target: /tmp/tls/cert.pem
+      - source: tls-key
+        target: /tmp/tls/key.pem
+      # This is only needed if you want to verify the TLS cert chain with swaks
+      # (normally with public CA providers like LetsEncrypt this file is already available to a mail client)
+      - source: tls-ca-cert
+        target: /tmp/tls/ca-cert.pem
+
+  # Pretend this is your third-party relay service:
+  dms-relay:
+    image: mailserver/docker-mailserver:latest # :15.0
+    hostname: smtp.relay-service.test
+    environment:
+      # WORKAROUND: Bypass security checks from the mail-client (dms-sender container)
+      # (avoids needing expected DNS records to run this example)
+      - PERMIT_DOCKER=connected-networks
+      # TLS is required when relaying to dms-relay via ports 587 / 465
+      # (dms-relay will then relay the mail to dms-destination over port 25)
+      - SSL_TYPE=manual
+      - SSL_KEY_PATH=/tmp/tls/key.pem
+      - SSL_CERT_PATH=/tmp/tls/cert.pem
+    configs:
+      - source: dms-accounts-relay
+        target: /tmp/docker-mailserver/postfix-accounts.cf
+      - source: tls-cert
+        target: /tmp/tls/cert.pem
+      - source: tls-key
+        target: /tmp/tls/key.pem
+
+  # Pretend this is another mail server that your target recipient belongs to (like Gmail):
+  dms-destination:
+    image: mailserver/docker-mailserver:latest # :15.0
+    hostname: mail.destination.test
+    # WORKAROUND: dms-relay must be able to resolve DNS for `@destination.test` to the IP of this container:
+    # Normally a MX record would direct mail to the MTA (eg: `mail.destination.test`)
+    networks:
+      default:
+        aliases:
+          - destination.test
+    environment:
+      # WORKAROUND: Same workaround as needed for dms-relay
+      - PERMIT_DOCKER=connected-networks
+    configs:
+      - source: dms-accounts-destination
+        target: /tmp/docker-mailserver/postfix-accounts.cf
+
+# Using the Docker Compose `configs.content` feature instead of volume mounting separate files.
+# NOTE: This feature requires Docker Compose v2.23.1 (Nov 2023) or newer:
+# https://github.com/compose-spec/compose-spec/pull/446
+configs:
+  # `postfix-main.cf`, a single line change to make all outbound SMTP connections over implicit TLS instead of the default explicit TLS (StartTLS).
+  # NOTE: If you need to only selectively relay mail, you would need to instead adjust this on the relay service in `/etc/postfix/master.cf`,
+  # However DMS presently modifies this when using the DMS Relay Host feature support, which may override `postfix-master.cf` or `user-patches.sh` due to `check-for-changes.sh`.
+  dms-main:
+    content: |
+      smtp_tls_wrappermode=yes
+
+  # DMS expects an account to be configured to run, this example provides accounts already created.
+  # Login credentials:
+  # user: "john.doe@example.test" password: "secret"
+  # user: "relay-user@relay-service.test" password: "secret"
+  # user: "jane.doe@destination.test" password: "secret"
+  dms-accounts:
+    # NOTE: `$` needed to be repeated to escape it,
+    # which opts out of the `compose.yaml` variable interpolation feature.
+    content: |
+      john.doe@example.test|{SHA512-CRYPT}$$6$$sbgFRCmQ.KWS5ryb$$EsWrlYosiadgdUOxCBHY0DQ3qFbeudDhNMqHs6jZt.8gmxUwiLVy738knqkHD4zj4amkb296HFqQ3yDq4UXt8.
+
+  dms-accounts-relay:
+    content: |
+      relay-user@relay-service.test|{SHA512-CRYPT}$$6$$o65y1ZXC4ooOPLwZ$$7TF1nYowEtNJpH6BwJBgdj2pPAxaCvhIKQA6ww5zdHm/AA7aemY9eoHC91DOgYNaKj1HLxSeWNDdvrp6mbtUY.
+
+  dms-accounts-destination:
+    content: |
+      jane.doe@destination.test|{SHA512-CRYPT}$$6$$o65y1ZXC4ooOPLwZ$$7TF1nYowEtNJpH6BwJBgdj2pPAxaCvhIKQA6ww5zdHm/AA7aemY9eoHC91DOgYNaKj1HLxSeWNDdvrp6mbtUY.
+
+  # TLS files:
+  # - Use an ECDSA cert that's been signed by a self-signed CA for TLS cert verification.
+  # - This cert is only valid for mail.example.test, mail.destination.test, smtp.relay-service.test
+
+  # `swaks` run in the container will need to reference this CA cert file for successful verification (optional).
+  tls-ca-cert:
+    content: |
+      -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
+      MIIBfTCCASKgAwIBAgIRAMAZttlRlkcuSun0yV0z4RwwCgYIKoZIzj0EAwIwHDEa
+      MBgGA1UEAxMRU21hbGxzdGVwIFJvb3QgQ0EwHhcNMjEwMTAxMDAwMDAwWhcNMzEw
+      MTAxMDAwMDAwWjAcMRowGAYDVQQDExFTbWFsbHN0ZXAgUm9vdCBDQTBZMBMGByqG
+      SM49AgEGCCqGSM49AwEHA0IABJX2hCtoK3+bM5I3rmyApXLJ1gOcVhtoSSwM8XXR
+      SEl25Kkc0n6mINuMK8UrBkiBUgexf6CYayx3xVr9TmMkg4KjRTBDMA4GA1UdDwEB
+      /wQEAwIBBjASBgNVHRMBAf8ECDAGAQH/AgEBMB0GA1UdDgQWBBQD8sBrApbyYyqU
+      y+/TlwGynx2V5jAKBggqhkjOPQQDAgNJADBGAiEAi8N2eOETI+6hY3+G+kzNMd3K
+      Sd3Ke8b++/nlwr5Fb/sCIQDYAjpKp/MpTDWICeHC2tcB5ptxoTdWkTBuG4rKcktA
+      0w==
+      -----END CERTIFICATE-----
+
+  tls-key:
+    content: |
+      -----BEGIN EC PRIVATE KEY-----
+      MHcCAQEEIOc6wqZmSDmT336K4O26dMk1RCVc0+cmnsO2eK4P5K5yoAoGCCqGSM49
+      AwEHoUQDQgAEFOWNgekKKvUZE89vJ7henUYxODYIvCiHitRc2ylwttjqt1KUY1cp
+      q3jof2fhURHfBUH3dHPXLHig5V9Jw5gqeg==
+      -----END EC PRIVATE KEY-----
+
+  tls-cert:
+    content: |
+      -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
+      MIIB9DCCAZqgAwIBAgIQE53a/y2c//YXRsz2kLm6gDAKBggqhkjOPQQDAjAcMRow
+      GAYDVQQDExFTbWFsbHN0ZXAgUm9vdCBDQTAeFw0yMTAxMDEwMDAwMDBaFw0zMTAx
+      MDEwMDAwMDBaMBkxFzAVBgNVBAMTDlNtYWxsc3RlcCBMZWFmMFkwEwYHKoZIzj0C
+      AQYIKoZIzj0DAQcDQgAEFOWNgekKKvUZE89vJ7henUYxODYIvCiHitRc2ylwttjq
+      t1KUY1cpq3jof2fhURHfBUH3dHPXLHig5V9Jw5gqeqOBwDCBvTAOBgNVHQ8BAf8E
+      BAMCB4AwHQYDVR0lBBYwFAYIKwYBBQUHAwEGCCsGAQUFBwMCMB0GA1UdDgQWBBSz
+      w74g+O6dcBbwienD70D8A9ESmDAfBgNVHSMEGDAWgBQD8sBrApbyYyqUy+/TlwGy
+      nx2V5jBMBgNVHREERTBDghFtYWlsLmV4YW1wbGUudGVzdIIVbWFpbC5kZXN0aW5h
+      dGlvbi50ZXN0ghdzbXRwLnJlbGF5LXNlcnZpY2UudGVzdDAKBggqhkjOPQQDAgNI
+      ADBFAiEAoety5oClZtuBMkvlUIWRmWlyg1VIOZ544LSEbplsIhcCIHb6awMwNdXP
+      m/xHjFkuwH1+UjDDRW53Ih7KZoLrQ6Cp
+      -----END CERTIFICATE-----

docs/content/config/account-management/overview.md

@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
+# Account Management - Overview
+
+This page provides a technical reference for account management in DMS.
+
+!!! note "Account provisioners and alternative authentication support"
+
+    Each [`ACCOUNT_PROVISIONER`][docs::env::account-provisioner] has a separate page for configuration guidance and caveats:
+
+    - [`FILE` provisioner docs][docs::account-provisioner::file]
+    - [`LDAP` provisioner docs][docs::account-provisioner::ldap]
+
+    Authentication from the provisioner can be supplemented with additional methods:
+
+    - [OAuth2 / OIDC][docs::account-auth::oauth2] (_allow login from an external authentication service_)
+    - [Master Accounts][docs::account-auth::master-accounts] (_access the mailbox of any DMS account_)
+
+    ---
+
+    For custom authentication requirements, you could [implement this with Lua][docs::examples::auth-lua].
+
+## Accounts
+
+!!! info
+
+    To receive or send mail, you'll need to provision user accounts into DMS (_as each provisioner page documents_).
+
+    ---
+
+    A DMS account represents a user with their _login username_ + password, and optional config like aliases and quota.
+
+    - Sending mail from different addresses **does not require** aliases or separate accounts.
+    - Each account is configured with a _primary email address_ that a mailbox is associated to.
+
+??? info "Primary email address"
+
+    The email address associated to an account creates a mailbox. This address is relevant:
+
+    - When DMS **receives mail** for that address as the recipient (_or an alias that resolves to it_), to identify which mailbox to deliver into.
+    - With **mail submission**:
+        - `SPOOF_PROTECTION=1` **restricts the sender address** to the DMS account email address (_unless additional sender addresses have been permitted via supported config_).
+        - `SPOOF_PROTECTION=0` allows DMS accounts to **use any sender address** (_only a single DMS account is necessary to send mail with different sender addresses_).
+
+    ---
+
+    For more details, see the [Technical Overview](#technical-overview) section.
+
+??? note "Support for multiple mail domains"
+
+    No extra configuration in DMS is required after provisioning an account with an email address.
+
+    - The DNS records for a domain should direct mail to DMS and allow DMS to send mail on behalf of that domain.
+    - DMS does not need TLS certificates for your mail domains, only for the DMS FQDN (_the `hostname` setting_).
+
+??? warning "Choosing a compatible email address"
+
+    An email address should conform to the standard [permitted charset and format][email-syntax::valid-charset-format] (`local-part@domain-part`).
+
+    ---
+
+    DMS has features that need to reserve special characters to work correctly. Ensure those characters are not present in email addresses you configure for DMS, otherwise disable / opt-out of the feature.
+
+    - [Sub-addressing](#sub-addressing) is enabled by default with `+` as the _tag delimiter_. The tag can be changed, feature opt-out when the tag is explicitly unset.
+
+### Aliases
+
+!!! info
+
+    Aliases allow receiving mail:
+
+    - As an alternative delivery address for a DMS account mailbox.
+    - To redirect / forward to an external address outside of DMS like `@gmail.com`.
+
+??? abstract "Technical Details (_Local vs Virtual aliases_)"
+
+    Aliases are managed through Postfix which supports _local_ and _virtual_ aliases:
+
+    - **Local aliases** are for mail routed to the [`local` delivery agent][postfix::delivery-agent::local] (see [associated alias config format][postfix::config-table::local-alias])
+        - You rarely need to configure this. It is used internally for system unix accounts belonging to the services running in DMS (_including `root`_).
+        - `postmaster` may be a local alias to `root`, and `root` to a virtual alias or real email address.
+        - Any mail sent through the `local` delivery agent will not be delivered to an inbox managed by Dovecot (_unless you have configured a local alias to redirect mail to a valid address or alias_).
+        - The domain-part of an these aliases belongs to your DMS FQDN (_`hostname: mail.example.com`, thus `user@mail.example.com`_). Technically there is no domain-part at this point, that context is used when routing delivery, the local delivery agent only knows of the local-part (_an alias or unix account_).
+    - [**Virtual aliases**][postfix-docs::virtual-alias] are for mail routed to the [`virtual` delivery agent][postfix::delivery-agent::virtual] (see [associated alias config format][postfix::config-table::virtual-alias])
+        - When alias support in DMS is discussed without the context of being a local or virtual alias, it's likely the virtual kind (_but could also be agnostic_).
+        - The domain-part of an these aliases belongs to a mail domain managed by DMS (_like `user@example.com`_).
+
+    !!! tip "Verify alias resolves correctly"
+
+        You can run `postmap -q <alias> <table>` in the container to verify an alias resolves to the expected target. If the target is also an alias, the command will not expand that alias to resolve the actual recipient(s).
+
+        For the `FILE` provisioner, an example would be: `postmap -q alias1@example.com /etc/postfix/virtual`. For the `LDAP` provisioner you'd need to adjust the table path.
+
+    !!! info "Side effect - Dovecot Quotas (`ENABLE_QUOTAS=1`)"
+
+        As a side effect of the alias workaround for the `FILE` provisioner with this feature, aliases can be used for account login. This is not intentional.
+
+### Quotas
+
+!!! info
+
+    Enables mail clients with the capability to query a mailbox for disk-space used and capacity limit.
+
+    - This feature is enabled by default, opt-out via [`ENABLE_QUOTAS=0`][docs::env::enable-quotas]
+    - **Not implemented** for the LDAP provisioner (_PR welcome! View the [feature request for implementation advice][gh-issue::dms-feature-request::dovecot-quotas-ldap]_)
+
+??? tip "How are quotas useful?"
+
+    Without quota limits for disk storage, a mailbox could fill up the available storage which would cause delivery failures to all mailboxes.
+
+    Quotas help by preventing that abuse, so that only a mailbox exceeding the assigned quota experiences a delivery failure instead of negatively impacting others (_provided disk space is available_).
+
+??? abstract "Technical Details"
+
+    The [Dovecot Quotas feature][gh-pr::dms-feature::dovecot-quotas] is configured by enabling the [Dovecot `imap-quota` plugin][dovecot-docs::plugin::imap-quota] and using the [`count` quota backend][dovecot-docs::config::quota-backend-count].
+
+    ---
+
+    **Dovecot workaround for Postfix aliases**
+
+    When mail is delivered to DMS, Postfix will query Dovecot with the recipient(s) to verify quota has not been exceeded.
+
+    This allows early rejection of mail arriving to DMS, preventing a spammer from taking advantage of a [backscatter][wikipedia::backscatter] source if the mail was accepted by Postfix, only to later be rejected by Dovecot for storage when the quota limit was already reached.
+
+    However, Postfix does not resolve aliases until after the incoming mail is accepted.
+
+    1. Postfix queries Dovecot (_a [`check_policy_service` restriction tied to the Dovecot `quota-status` service][dms::workaround::dovecot-quotas::notes-1]_) with the recipient (_the alias_).
+    2. `dovecot: auth: passwd-file(alias@example.com): unknown user` is logged, Postfix is then informed that the recipient mailbox is not full even if it actually was (_since no such user exists in the Dovecot UserDB_).
+    3. However, when the real mailbox address that the alias would later resolve into does have a quota that exceeded the configured limit, Dovecot will refuse the mail delivery from Postfix which introduces a backscatter source for spammers.
+
+    As a [workaround to this problem with the `ENABLE_QUOTAS=1` feature][dms::workaround::dovecot-quotas::summary], DMS will add aliases as fake users into Dovecot UserDB (_that are configured with the same data as the real address the alias would resolve to, thus sharing the same mailbox location and quota limit_). This allows Postfix to properly be aware of an aliased mailbox having exceeded the allowed quota.
+
+    **NOTE:** This workaround **only supports** aliases to a single target recipient of a real account address / mailbox.
+
+    - Additionally, aliases that resolve to another alias or to an external address would both fail the UserDB lookup, unable to determine if enough storage is available.
+    - A proper fix would [implement a Postfix policy service][dms::workaround::dovecot-quotas::notes-2] that could correctly resolve aliases to valid entries in the Dovecot UserDB, querying the `quota-status` service and returning that response to Postfix.
+
+## Sub-addressing
+
+!!! info
+
+    [Subaddressing][wikipedia::subaddressing] (_aka **Plus Addressing** or **Address Tags**_) is a feature that allows you to receive mail to an address which includes a tag appended to the `local-part` of a valid account address.
+
+    - A subaddress has a tag delimiter (_default: `+`_), followed by the tag: `<local-part>+<tag>@<domain-part>`
+    - The subaddress `user+github@example.com` would deliver mail to the same mailbox as `user@example.com`.
+    - Tags are dynamic. Anything between the `+` and `@` is understood as the tag, no additional configuration required.
+    - Only the first occurrence of the tag delimiter is recognized. Any additional occurrences become part of the tag value itself.
+
+??? tip "When is subaddressing useful?"
+
+    A common use-case is to use a unique tag for each service you register your email address with.
+
+    - Routing delivery to different folders in your mailbox based on the tag (_via a [Sieve filter][docs::sieve::subaddressing]_).
+    - Data leaks or bulk sales of email addresses.
+        - If spam / phishing mail you receive has not removed the tag, you will have better insight into where your address was compromised from.
+        - When the expected tag is missing, this additionally helps identify bad actors. Especially when mail delivery is routed to subfolders by tag.
+    - For more use-cases, view the end of [this article][web::subaddress-use-cases].
+
+??? tip "Changing the tag delimiter"
+
+    Add `recipient_delimiter = +` to these config override files (_replacing `+` with your preferred delimiter_):
+
+    - Postfix: `docker-data/dms/config/postfix-main.cf`
+    - Dovecot: `docker-data/dms/config/dovecot.cf`
+
+??? tip "Opt-out of subaddressing"
+
+    Follow the advice to change the tag delimiter, but instead set an empty value (`recipient_delimiter =`).
+
+??? warning "Only for receiving, not sending"
+
+    Do not attempt to send mail from these tagged addresses, they are not equivalent to aliases.
+
+    This feature is only intended to be used when a mail client sends to a DMS managed recipient address. While DMS does not restrict the sender address you choose to send mail from (_provided `SPOOF_PROTECTION` has not been enabled_), it is often [forbidden by mail services][ms-exchange-docs::limitations].
+
+??? abstract "Technical Details"
+
+    The configured tag delimiter (`+`) allows both Postfix and Dovecot to recognize subaddresses. Without this feature configured, the subaddresses would be considered as separate mail accounts rather than routed to a common account address.
+
+    ---
+
+    Internally DMS has the tag delimiter configured by:
+
+    - Applying the Postfix `main.cf` setting: [`recipient_delimiter = +`][postfix-docs::recipient-delimiter]
+    - Dovecot has the equivalent setting set as `+` by default: [`recipient_delimiter = +`][dovecot-docs::config::recipient-delimiter]
+
+## Technical Overview
+
+!!! info
+
+    This section provides insight for understanding how Postfix and Dovecot services are involved. It is intended as a reference for maintainers and contributors.
+
+    - **Postfix** - Handles when mail is delivered (inbound) to DMS, or sent (outbound) from DMS.
+    - **Dovecot** - Manages access and storage for mail delivered to the DMS account mailboxes of your users.
+
+??? abstract "Technical Details - Postfix (Inbound vs Outbound)"
+
+    Postfix needs to know how to handle inbound and outbound mail by asking these queries:
+
+    === "Inbound"
+
+        - What mail domains is DMS responsible for handling? (_for accepting mail delivered_)
+        - What are valid mail addresses for those mail domains? (_reject delivery for users that don't exist_)
+        - Are there any aliases to redirect mail to 1 or more users, or forward to externally?
+
+    === "Outbound"
+
+        - When `SPOOF_PROTECTION=1`, how should DMS restrict the sender address? (_eg: Users may only send mail from their associated mailbox address_)
+
+??? abstract "Technical Details - Dovecot (Authentication)"
+
+    Dovecot additionally handles authenticating user accounts for sending and retrieving mail:
+
+    - Over the ports for IMAP and POP3 connections (_110, 143, 993, 995_).
+    - As the default configured SASL provider, which Postfix delegates user authentication through (_for the submission(s) ports 465 & 587_). Saslauthd can be configured as an alternative SASL provider.
+
+    Dovecot splits all authentication lookups into two categories:
+
+    - A [PassDB][dovecot::docs::passdb] lookup most importantly authenticates the user. It may also provide any other necessary pre-login information.
+    - A [UserDB][dovecot::docs::userdb] lookup retrieves post-login information specific to a user.
+
+[docs::env::account-provisioner]: ../environment.md#account_provisioner
+[docs::account-provisioner::file]: ./provisioner/file.md
+[docs::account-provisioner::ldap]: ./provisioner/ldap.md
+[docs::account-auth::oauth2]: ./supplementary/oauth2.md
+[docs::account-auth::master-accounts]: ./supplementary/master-accounts.md
+[docs::examples::auth-lua]: ../../examples/use-cases/auth-lua.md
+[email-syntax::valid-charset-format]: https://stackoverflow.com/questions/2049502/what-characters-are-allowed-in-an-email-address/2049510#2049510
+
+[postfix-docs::virtual-alias]: http://www.postfix.org/VIRTUAL_README.html#virtual_alias
+[postfix-docs::recipient-delimiter]: http://www.postfix.org/postconf.5.html#recipient_delimiter
+[dovecot-docs::config::recipient-delimiter]: https://doc.dovecot.org/settings/core/#core_setting-recipient_delimiter
+[postfix::delivery-agent::local]: https://www.postfix.org/local.8.html
+[postfix::delivery-agent::virtual]: https://www.postfix.org/virtual.8.html
+[postfix::config-table::local-alias]: https://www.postfix.org/aliases.5.html
+[postfix::config-table::virtual-alias]: https://www.postfix.org/virtual.5.html
+
+[docs::env::enable-quotas]: ../environment.md#enable_quotas
+[gh-issue::dms-feature-request::dovecot-quotas-ldap]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/issues/2957
+[dovecot-docs::config::quota-backend-count]: https://doc.dovecot.org/configuration_manual/quota/quota_count/#quota-backend-count
+[dovecot-docs::plugin::imap-quota]: https://doc.dovecot.org/settings/plugin/imap-quota-plugin/
+[gh-pr::dms-feature::dovecot-quotas]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/1469
+[wikipedia::backscatter]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Backscatter_%28email%29
+[dms::workaround::dovecot-quotas::notes-1]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/issues/2091#issuecomment-954298788
+[dms::workaround::dovecot-quotas::notes-2]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/2248#issuecomment-953754532
+[dms::workaround::dovecot-quotas::summary]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/2248#issuecomment-955088677
+
+[docs::sieve::subaddressing]: ../advanced/mail-sieve.md#subaddress-mailbox-routing
+[web::subaddress-use-cases]: https://www.codetwo.com/admins-blog/plus-addressing
+[wikipedia::subaddressing]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Email_address#Sub-addressing
+[ms-exchange-docs::limitations]: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/exchange/recipients-in-exchange-online/plus-addressing-in-exchange-online#using-plus-addresses
+
+[dovecot::docs::passdb]: https://doc.dovecot.org/configuration_manual/authentication/password_databases_passdb
+[dovecot::docs::userdb]: https://doc.dovecot.org/configuration_manual/authentication/user_databases_userdb

docs/content/config/account-management/provisioner/file.md

@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+---
+title: 'Account Management | Provisioner (File)'
+---
+
+# Provisioner - File
+
+## Management via the `setup` CLI
+
+The best way to manage DMS accounts and related config files is through our `setup` CLI provided within the container.
+
+!!! example "Using the `setup` CLI"
+
+    Try the following within the DMS container (`docker exec -it <CONTAINER NAME> bash`):
+
+    - Add an account: `setup email add <EMAIL ADDRESS>`
+    - Add an alias: `setup alias add <FROM ALIAS> <TO TARGET ADDRESS>`
+    - Learn more about the available subcommands via: `setup help`
+
+    ```bash
+    # Starts a basic DMS instance and then shells into the container to use the `setup` CLI:
+    docker run --rm -itd --name dms --hostname mail.example.com mailserver/docker-mailserver
+    docker exec -it dms bash
+
+    # Create an account:
+    setup email add hello@example.com your-password-here
+
+    # Create an alias:
+    setup alias add your-alias-here@example.com hello@example.com
+
+    # Limit the mailbox capacity to 10 MiB:
+    setup quota set hello@example.com 10M
+    ```
+
+    ??? tip "Secure password input"
+
+        When you don't provide a password to the command, you will be prompted for one. This avoids the password being captured in your shell history.
+
+        ```bash
+        # As you input your password it will not update.
+        # Press the ENTER key to apply the hidden password input.
+        $ setup email add hello@example.com
+        Enter Password:
+        Confirm Password:
+        ```
+
+!!! note "Account removal via `setup email del`"
+
+    When you remove a DMS account with this command, it will also remove any associated aliases and quota.
+
+    The command will also prompt for deleting the account mailbox from disk, or can be forced with the `-y` flag.
+
+## Config Reference
+
+These config files belong to the [Config Volume][docs::volumes::config].
+
+### Accounts
+
+!!! info
+
+    **Config file:** `docker-data/dms/config/postfix-accounts.cf`
+
+    ---
+
+    The config format is line-based with two fields separated by the delimiter `|`:
+
+    - **User:** The primary email address for the account mailbox to use.
+    - **Password:** A SHA512-CRYPT hash of the account password (_in this example it is `secret`_).
+
+    ??? tip "Password hash without the `setup email add` command"
+
+        A compatible password hash can be generated with:
+
+        ```bash
+        doveadm pw -s SHA512-CRYPT -u hello@example.com -p secret
+        ```
+
+!!! example "`postfix-accounts.cf` config file"
+
+    In this example DMS manages mail for the domain `example.com`:
+
+    ```cf title="postfix-accounts.cf"
+    hello@example.com|{SHA512-CRYPT}$6$W4rxRQwI6HNMt9n3$riCi5/OqUxnU8eZsOlZwoCnrNgu1gBGPkJc.ER.LhJCu7sOg9i1kBrRIistlBIp938GdBgMlYuoXYUU5A4Qiv0
+    ```
+
+    ---
+
+    **Dovecot "extra fields"**
+
+    [Appending a third column will customize "extra fields"][gh-issue::provisioner-file::accounts-extra-fields] when converting account data into a Dovecot UserDB entry.
+
+    DMS is not aware of these customizations beyond carrying them over, expect potential for bugs when this feature breaks any assumed conventions used in the scripts (_such as changing the mailbox path or type_).
+
+!!! note
+
+    Account creation will normalize the provided email address to lowercase, as DMS does not support multiple case-sensitive address variants.
+
+    The email address chosen will also represent the _login username_ credential for mail clients to authenticate with.
+
+### Aliases
+
+!!! info
+
+    **Config file:** `docker-data/dms/config/postfix-virtual.cf`
+
+    ---
+
+    The config format is line-based with key value pairs (**alias** --> **target address**), with white-space as a delimiter.
+
+!!! example "`postfix-virtual.cf` config file"
+
+    In this example DMS manages mail for the domain `example.com`:
+
+    ```cf-extra title="postfix-virtual.cf"
+    # Alias delivers to an existing account:
+    alias1@example.com hello@example.com
+
+    # Alias forwards to an external email address:
+    alias2@example.com external-account@gmail.com
+    ```
+
+??? warning "Known Issues"
+
+    **`setup` CLI prevents an alias and account sharing an address:**
+
+    You cannot presently add a new account (`setup email add`) or alias (`setup alias add`) with an address which already exists as an alias or account in DMS.
+
+    This [restriction was enforced][gh-issue::bugs::account-alias-overlap] due to [problems it could cause][gh-issue::bugs::account-alias-overlap-problem], although there are [use-cases where you may legitimately require this functionality][gh-issue::feature-request::allow-account-alias-overlap].
+
+    For now you must manually edit the `postfix-virtual.cf` file as a workaround. There are no run-time checks outside of the `setup` CLI related to this restriction.
+
+    ---
+
+    **Wildcard catch-all support (`@example.com`):**
+
+    While this type of alias without a local-part is supported, you must keep in mind that aliases in Postfix have a higher precedence than a real address associated to a DMS account.
+
+    As a result, the wildcard is matched first and will direct mail for that entire domain to the alias target address. To work around this, [you will need an alias for each non-alias address of that domain][gh-issue::bugs::wildcard-catchall].
+
+    Additionally, Postfix will read the alias config and choose the alias value that matches the recipient address first. Ensure your more specific aliases for the domain are declared above the wildcard alias in the config file.
+
+    ---
+
+    **Aliasing to another alias or multiple recipients:**
+
+    [While aliasing to multiple recipients is possible][gh-discussions::no-support::alias-multiple-targets], DMS does not officially support that.
+
+    - You may experience issues when our feature integrations don't expect more than one target per alias.
+    - These concerns also apply to the usage of nested aliases (_where the recipient target provided is to an alias instead of a real address_). An example is the [incompatibility with `setup alias add`][gh-issue::bugs::alias-nested].
+
+#### Configuring RegEx aliases
+
+!!! info
+
+    **Config file:** `docker-data/dms/config/postfix-regexp.cf`
+
+    ---
+
+    This config file is similar to the above `postfix-virtual.cf`, but the alias value is instead configured with a regex pattern.
+
+    There is **no `setup` CLI support** for this feature, it is config only.
+
+!!! example "`postfix-regexp.cf` config file"
+
+    Deliver all mail for `test` users to `qa@example.com` instead:
+
+    ```cf-extra title="postfix-regexp.cf"
+    # Remember to escape regex tokens like `.` => `\.`, otherwise
+    # your alias pattern may be more permissive than you intended:
+    /^test[0-9][0-9]*@example\.com/ qa@example.com
+    ```
+
+??? abstract "Technical Details"
+
+    `postfix-virtual.cf` has precedence, `postfix-regexp.cf` will only be checked if no alias match was found in `postfix-virtual.cf`.
+
+    These files are both copied internally to `/etc/postfix/` and configured in `main.cf` for the `virtual_alias_maps` setting. As `postfix-virtual.cf` is declared first for that setting, it will be processed before using `postfix-regexp.cf` as a fallback.
+
+### Quotas
+
+!!! info
+
+    **Config file:** `docker-data/dms/config/dovecot-quotas.cf`
+
+    ----
+
+    The config format is line-based with two fields separated by the delimiter `:`:
+
+    - **Dovecot UserDB account:** The user DMS account. It should have a matching field in `postfix-accounts.cf`.
+    - **Quota limit:** Expressed in bytes (_binary unit suffix is supported: `M` => `MiB`, `G` => `GiB`_).
+
+!!! example "`dovecot-quotas.cf` config file"
+
+    For the account with the mailbox address of `hello@example.com`, it may not exceed 5 GiB in storage:
+
+    ```cf-extra title="dovecot-quotas.cf"
+    hello@example.com:5G
+    ```
+
+[docs::volumes::config]: ../../advanced/optional-config.md#volumes-config
+[gh-issue::provisioner-file::accounts-extra-fields]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/issues/4117
+[gh-issue::feature-request::allow-account-alias-overlap]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/issues/3528
+[gh-issue::bugs::account-alias-overlap-problem]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/issues/3350#issuecomment-1550528898
+[gh-issue::bugs::account-alias-overlap]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/issues/3022#issuecomment-1807816689
+[gh-issue::bugs::wildcard-catchall]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/issues/3022#issuecomment-1610452561
+[gh-issue::bugs::alias-nested]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/issues/3622#issuecomment-1794504849
+[gh-discussions::no-support::alias-multiple-targets]: https://github.com/orgs/docker-mailserver/discussions/3805#discussioncomment-8215417

docs/content/config/account-management/provisioner/ldap.md

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-title: 'Advanced | LDAP Authentication'
+title: 'Account Management | Provisioner (LDAP)'
 ---
 
 ## Introduction
@@ -304,5 +304,5 @@ The changes on the configurations necessary to work with Active Directory (**onl
           - NET_ADMIN
     ```
 
-[docs-environment]: ../environment.md
-[docs-userpatches]: ./override-defaults/user-patches.md
+[docs-environment]: ../../environment.md
+[docs-userpatches]: ../../advanced/override-defaults/user-patches.md

docs/content/config/account-management/supplementary/master-accounts.md

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+---
+title: 'Account Management | Master Accounts (Dovecot)'
+hide:
+  - toc # Hide Table of Contents for this page
+---
+
+This feature is useful for administrative tasks like hot backups.
+
+!!! note
+
+    This feature is presently [not supported with `ACCOUNT_PROVISIONER=LDAP`][dms::feature::dovecot-master-accounts::caveat-ldap].
+
+!!! info
+
+    A _Master Account_:
+
+    - Can login as any user (DMS account) and access their mailbox.
+    - Is not associated to a separate DMS account, nor is it a DMS account itself.
+
+    ---
+
+    **`setup` CLI support**
+
+    Use the `setup dovecot-master <add|update|del|list>` commands. These are roughly equivalent to the `setup email` subcommands.
+
+    ---
+
+    **Config file:** `docker-data/dms/config/dovecot-masters.cf`
+
+    The config format is the same as [`postfix-accounts.cf` for `ACCOUNT_PROVISIONER=FILE`][docs::account-management::file::accounts].
+
+    The only difference is the account field has no `@domain-part` suffix, it is only a username.
+
+??? abstract "Technical Details"
+
+    [The _Master Accounts_ feature][dms::feature::dovecot-master-accounts] in DMS configures the [Dovecot Master Users][dovecot-docs::auth::master-users] feature with the Dovecot setting [`auth_master_user_separator`][dovecot-docs::config::auth-master-user-separator] (_where the default value is `*`_).
+
+## Login via Master Account
+
+!!! info
+
+    To login as another DMS account (`user@example.com`) with POP3 or IMAP, use the following credentials format:
+
+    - Username: `<LOGIN USERNAME>*<MASTER USER>` (`user@example.com*admin`)
+    - Password: `<MASTER PASSWORD>`
+
+!!! example "Verify login functionality"
+
+    In the DMS container, you can verify with the `testsaslauthd` command:
+
+    ```bash
+    # Prerequisites:
+    # A regular DMS account to test login through a Master Account:
+    setup email add user@example.com secret
+    # Add a new Master Account:
+    setup dovecot-master add admin top-secret
+    ```
+
+    ```bash
+    # Login with credentials format as described earlier:
+    testsaslauthd -u 'user@example.com*admin' -p 'top-secret'
+    ```
+
+    Alternatively, any mail client should be able to login the equivalent credentials.
+
+[dms::feature::dovecot-master-accounts]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/2535
+[dms::feature::dovecot-master-accounts::caveat-ldap]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/2535#issuecomment-1118056745
+[dovecot-docs::auth::master-users]: https://doc.dovecot.org/configuration_manual/authentication/master_users/
+[dovecot-docs::config::auth-master-user-separator]: https://doc.dovecot.org/settings/core/#core_setting-auth_master_user_separator
+[docs::account-management::file::accounts]: ../provisioner/file.md#accounts

docs/content/config/account-management/supplementary/oauth2.md

@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+---
+title: 'Account Management | OAuth2 Support'
+hide:
+  - toc # Hide Table of Contents for this page
+---
+
+# Authentication - OAuth2 / OIDC
+
+This feature enables support for delegating DMS account authentication through to an external _Identity Provider_ (IdP).
+
+!!! warning "Receiving mail requires a DMS account to exist"
+
+    If you expect DMS to receive mail, you must provision an account into DMS in advance. Otherwise DMS has no awareness of your externally manmaged users and will reject delivery.
+
+    There are [plans to implement support to provision users through a SCIM 2.0 API][dms-feature-request::scim-api]. An IdP that can operate as a SCIM Client (eg: Authentik) would then integrate with DMS for user provisioning. Until then you must keep your user accounts in sync manually via your configured [`ACCOUNT_PROVISIONER`][docs::env::account-provisioner].
+
+??? info "How the feature works"
+
+    1. A **mail client must have support** to acquire an OAuth2 token from your IdP (_however many clients lack generic OAuth2 / OIDC provider support_).
+    2. The mail client then provides that token as the user password via the login mechanism `XOAUTH2` or `OAUTHBEARER`.
+    3. DMS (Dovecot) will then check the validity of that token against the Authentication Service it was configured with.
+    4. If the response returned is valid for the user account, authentication is successful.
+
+    [**XOAUTH2**][google::xoauth2-docs] (_Googles widely adopted implementation_) and **OAUTHBEARER** (_the newer variant standardized by [RFC 7628][rfc::7628] in 2015_) are supported as standards for verifying that a OAuth Bearer Token (_[RFC 6750][rfc::6750] from 2012_) is valid at the identity provider that created the token. The token itself in both cases is expected to be can an opaque _Access Token_, but it is possible to use a JWT _ID Token_ (_which encodes additional information into the token itself_).
+
+    A mail client like Thunderbird has limited OAuth2 / OIDC support. The software maintains a hard-coded list of providers supported. Roundcube is a webmail client that does have support for generic providers, allowing you to integrate with a broader range of IdP services.
+
+    ---
+
+    **Documentation for this feature is WIP**
+
+    See the [initial feature support][dms-feature::oauth2-pr] and [existing issues][dms-feature::oidc-issues] for guidance that has not yet been documented officially.
+
+??? tip "Verify authentication works"
+
+    If you have a compatible mail client you can verify login through that.
+
+    ---
+
+    ??? example "CLI - Verify with `curl`"
+
+        ```bash
+        # Shell into your DMS container:
+        docker exec -it dms bash
+
+        # Adjust these variables for the methods below to use:
+        export AUTH_METHOD='OAUTHBEARER' USER_ACCOUNT='hello@example.com' ACCESS_TOKEN='DMS_YWNjZXNzX3Rva2Vu'
+
+        # Authenticate via IMAP (Dovecot):
+        curl --silent --url 'imap://localhost:143' \
+            --login-options "AUTH=${AUTH_METHOD}" --user "${USER_ACCOUNT}" --oauth2-bearer "${ACCESS_TOKEN}" \
+            --request 'LOGOUT' \
+            && grep "dovecot: imap-login: Login: user=<${USER_ACCOUNT}>, method=${AUTH_METHOD}" /var/log/mail/mail.log
+
+        # Authenticate via SMTP (Postfix), sending a mail with the same sender(from) and recipient(to) address:
+        # NOTE: `curl` seems to require `--upload-file` with some mail content provided to test SMTP auth.
+        curl --silent --url 'smtp://localhost:587' \
+            --login-options "AUTH=${AUTH_METHOD}" --user "${USER_ACCOUNT}" --oauth2-bearer "${ACCESS_TOKEN}" \
+            --mail-from "${USER_ACCOUNT}" --mail-rcpt "${USER_ACCOUNT}" --upload-file - <<< 'RFC 5322 content - not important' \
+            && grep "postfix/submission/smtpd.*, sasl_method=${AUTH_METHOD}, sasl_username=${USER_ACCOUNT}" /var/log/mail/mail.log
+        ```
+
+        ---
+
+        **Troubleshooting:**
+
+        - Add `--verbose` to the curl options. This will output the protocol exchange which includes if authentication was successful or failed.
+        - The above example chains the `curl` commands with `grep` on DMS logs (_for Dovecot and Postfix services_). When not running `curl` from the DMS container, ensure you check the logs correctly, or inspect the `--verbose` output instead.
+
+    !!! warning "`curl` bug with `XOAUTH2`"
+
+        [Older releases of `curl` have a bug with `XOAUTH2` support][gh-issue::curl::xoauth2-bug] since `7.80.0` (Nov 2021) but fixed from `8.6.0` (Jan 2024). It treats `XOAUTH2` as `OAUTHBEARER`.
+
+        If you use `docker exec` to run `curl` from within DMS, the current DMS v14 release (_Debian 12 with curl `7.88.1`_) is affected by this bug.
+
+## Config Examples
+
+### Authentik with Roundcube
+
+This example assumes you have already set up:
+
+- A working DMS server
+- An Authentik server ([documentation][authentik::docs::install])
+- A Roundcube server ([docker image][roundcube::dockerhub-image] or [bare metal install][roundcube::docs::install])
+
+!!! example "Setup Instructions"
+
+    === "1. Docker Mailserver"
+
+        Update your Docker Compose ENV config to include:
+
+        ```env title="compose.yaml"
+        services:
+          mailserver:
+            env:
+              # Enable the feature:
+              - ENABLE_OAUTH2=1
+              # Specify the user info endpoint URL of the oauth2 server for token inspection:
+              - OAUTH2_INTROSPECTION_URL=https://authentik.example.com/application/o/userinfo/
+        ```
+
+    === "2. Authentik"
+
+        1. Create a new OAuth2 provider.
+        2. Note the client id and client secret. Roundcube will need this.
+        3. Set the allowed redirect url to the equivalent of `https://roundcube.example.com/index.php/login/oauth` for your RoundCube instance.
+
+    === "3. Roundcube"
+
+        Add the following to `oauth2.inc.php` ([documentation][roundcube::docs::config]):
+
+        ```php
+        $config['oauth_provider'] = 'generic';
+        $config['oauth_provider_name'] = 'Authentik';
+        $config['oauth_client_id'] = '<insert client id here>';
+        $config['oauth_client_secret'] = '<insert client secret here>';
+        $config['oauth_auth_uri'] = 'https://authentik.example.com/application/o/authorize/';
+        $config['oauth_token_uri'] = 'https://authentik.example.com/application/o/token/';
+        $config['oauth_identity_uri'] = 'https://authentik.example.com/application/o/userinfo/';
+
+        // Optional: disable SSL certificate check on HTTP requests to OAuth server. For possible values, see:
+        // http://docs.guzzlephp.org/en/stable/request-options.html#verify
+        $config['oauth_verify_peer'] = false;
+
+        $config['oauth_scope'] = 'email openid profile';
+        $config['oauth_identity_fields'] = ['email'];
+
+        // Boolean: automatically redirect to OAuth login when opening Roundcube without a valid session
+        $config['oauth_login_redirect'] = false;
+        ```
+
+[dms-feature::oauth2-pr]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3480
+[dms-feature::oidc-issues]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/issues?q=label%3Afeature%2Fauth-oidc
+[docs::env::account-provisioner]: ../../environment.md#account_provisioner
+[dms-feature-request::scim-api]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/issues/4090
+
+[google::xoauth2-docs]: https://developers.google.com/gmail/imap/xoauth2-protocol#the_sasl_xoauth2_mechanism
+[rfc::6750]: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6750
+[rfc::7628]: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7628
+[gh-issue::curl::xoauth2-bug]: https://github.com/curl/curl/issues/10259#issuecomment-1907192556
+
+[authentik::docs::install]: https://goauthentik.io/docs/installation/
+[roundcube::dockerhub-image]: https://hub.docker.com/r/roundcube/roundcubemail
+[roundcube::docs::install]: https://github.com/roundcube/roundcubemail/wiki/Installation
+[roundcube::docs::config]: https://github.com/roundcube/roundcubemail/wiki/Configuration

docs/content/config/advanced/auth-oauth2.md

@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
----
-title: 'Advanced | Basic OAuth2 Authentication'
----
-
-## Introduction
-
-!!! warning "This is only a supplement to the existing account provisioners"
-
-    Accounts must still be managed via the configured [`ACCOUNT_PROVISIONER`][env::account-provisioner] (FILE or LDAP).
-
-    Reasoning for this can be found in [#3480][gh-pr::oauth2]. Future iterations on this feature may allow it to become a full account provisioner.
-
-[gh-pr::oauth2]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3480
-[env::account-provisioner]: ../environment.md#account_provisioner
-
-The present OAuth2 support provides the capability for 3rd-party applications such as Roundcube to authenticate with DMS (dovecot) by using a token obtained from an OAuth2 provider, instead of passing passwords around.
-
-## Example (Authentik & Roundcube)
-
-This example assumes you have:
-
-- A working DMS server set up
-- An Authentik server set up ([documentation](https://goauthentik.io/docs/installation/))
-- A Roundcube server set up (either [docker](https://hub.docker.com/r/roundcube/roundcubemail/) or [bare metal](https://github.com/roundcube/roundcubemail/wiki/Installation))
-
-!!! example "Setup Instructions"
-
-    === "1. Docker Mailserver"
-        Edit the following values in `mailserver.env`:
-        ```env
-        # -----------------------------------------------
-        # --- OAUTH2 Section ----------------------------
-        # -----------------------------------------------
-
-        # empty => OAUTH2 authentication is disabled
-        # 1 => OAUTH2 authentication is enabled
-        ENABLE_OAUTH2=1
-
-        # Specify the user info endpoint URL of the oauth2 provider
-        OAUTH2_INTROSPECTION_URL=https://authentik.example.com/application/o/userinfo/
-        ```
-
-    === "2. Authentik"
-        1. Create a new OAuth2 provider
-        2. Note the client id and client secret
-        3. Set the allowed redirect url to the equivalent of `https://roundcube.example.com/index.php/login/oauth` for your RoundCube instance.
-
-    === "3. Roundcube"
-        Add the following to `oauth2.inc.php` ([documentation](https://github.com/roundcube/roundcubemail/wiki/Configuration)):
-
-        ```php
-        $config['oauth_provider'] = 'generic';
-        $config['oauth_provider_name'] = 'Authentik';
-        $config['oauth_client_id'] = '<insert client id here>';
-        $config['oauth_client_secret'] = '<insert client secret here>';
-        $config['oauth_auth_uri'] = 'https://authentik.example.com/application/o/authorize/';
-        $config['oauth_token_uri'] = 'https://authentik.example.com/application/o/token/';
-        $config['oauth_identity_uri'] = 'https://authentik.example.com/application/o/userinfo/';
-
-        // Optional: disable SSL certificate check on HTTP requests to OAuth server. For possible values, see:
-        // http://docs.guzzlephp.org/en/stable/request-options.html#verify
-        $config['oauth_verify_peer'] = false;
-
-        $config['oauth_scope'] = 'email openid profile';
-        $config['oauth_identity_fields'] = ['email'];
-
-        // Boolean: automatically redirect to OAuth login when opening Roundcube without a valid session
-        $config['oauth_login_redirect'] = false;
-        ```

docs/content/config/advanced/dovecot-master-accounts.md

@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
----
-title: 'Advanced | Dovecot master accounts'
----
-
-## Introduction
-
-A dovecot master account is able to login as any configured user. This is useful for administrative tasks like hot backups.
-
-## Configuration
-
-It is possible to create, update, delete and list dovecot master accounts using `setup.sh`. See `setup.sh help` for usage.
-
-This feature is presently [not supported with LDAP](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/2535).
-
-## Logging in
-
-Once a master account is configured, it is possible to connect to any users mailbox using this account. Log in over POP3/IMAP using the following credential scheme:
-
-Username: `<EMAIL ADDRESS>*<MASTER ACCOUNT NAME>`
-
-Password: `<MASTER ACCOUNT PASSWORD>`

docs/content/config/advanced/full-text-search.md

@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ While indexing is memory intensive, you can configure the plugin to limit the am
         # disable indexing of folders
         # fts_autoindex_exclude = \Trash
 
-        # Index attachements
+        # Index attachments
         # fts_decoder = decode2text
     }
 
@@ -141,4 +141,7 @@ While indexing is memory intensive, you can configure the plugin to limit the am
 
 See [#905](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/issues/905)
 
+Attempting to enable commented out features in the config example above [may not be functional][gh::xapian-decode2text].
+
 [docs-faq-sa-learn-cron]: ../../faq.md#how-can-i-make-spamassassin-better-recognize-spam
+[gh::xapian-decode2text]: https://github.com/orgs/docker-mailserver/discussions/4461#discussioncomment-13002388

docs/content/config/advanced/mail-forwarding/relay-hosts.md

@@ -151,6 +151,6 @@ We provide this support via two config files:
 [wikipedia::smarthost]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Smart_host
 
 [docs::env-relay]: ../../environment.md#relay-host
-[dms-repo::helpers-relay]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/blob/v14.0.0/target/scripts/helpers/relay.sh
+[dms-repo::helpers-relay]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/blob/v15.0.0/target/scripts/helpers/relay.sh
 [dms-gh::pr-3607]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/issues/3607
 [dms-gh::relay-example]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/issues/3842#issuecomment-1913380639

docs/content/config/advanced/mail-getmail.md

@@ -10,14 +10,19 @@ environment:
   - GETMAIL_POLL=5
 ```
 
-In your DMS config volume (eg: `docker-data/dms/config/`), create a `getmail-<ID>.cf` file for each remote account that you want to retrieve mail and store into a local DMS account. `<ID>` should be replaced by you, and is just the rest of the filename (eg: `getmail-example.cf`). The contents of each file should be configuration like documented below.
+In your DMS config volume (eg: `docker-data/dms/config/`), add a subdirectory `getmail/` for including your getmail config files (eg: `imap-example.cf`) for each remote account that you want to retrieve mail from and deliver to the mailbox of a DMS account.
 
-The directory structure should similar to this:
+The content of these config files is documented in the next section with an IMAP and POP3 example to reference.
+
+The directory structure should look similar to this:
 
 ```txt
 ├── docker-data/dms/config
 │   ├── dovecot.cf
-│   ├── getmail-example.cf
+│   ├── getmail
+│   │   ├── getmailrc_general.cf
+│   │   ├── remote-account1.cf
+│   │   ├── remote-account2.cf
 │   ├── postfix-accounts.cf
 │   └── postfix-virtual.cf
 ├── docker-compose.yml
@@ -42,9 +47,13 @@ received = false
 delivered_to = false
 ```
 
-If you want to use a different base config, mount a file to `/etc/getmailrc_general`. This file will replace the default "Common Options" base config above, that all `getmail-<ID>.cf` files will extend with their configs when used.
+The DMS integration for Getmail generates a `getmailrc` config that prepends the common options of the base config to each remote account config file (`*.cf`) found in the DMS Config Volume `getmail/` directory.
 
-??? example "IMAP Configuration" 
+!!! tip "Change the base options"
+
+    Add your own base config as `getmail/getmailrc_general.cf` into the DMS Config Volume. It will replace the DMS defaults shown above.
+
+??? example "IMAP Configuration"
 
     This example will:
 
@@ -54,7 +63,7 @@ If you want to use a different base config, mount a file to `/etc/getmailrc_gene
 
     ```getmailrc
     [retriever]
-    type = SimpleIMAPRetriever
+    type = SimpleIMAPSSLRetriever
     server = imap.gmail.com
     username = alice
     password = notsecure
@@ -71,7 +80,7 @@ If you want to use a different base config, mount a file to `/etc/getmailrc_gene
 
     ```getmailrc
     [retriever]
-    type = SimplePOP3Retriever
+    type = SimplePOP3SSLRetriever
     server = pop3.gmail.com
     username = alice
     password = notsecure
@@ -84,7 +93,7 @@ If you want to use a different base config, mount a file to `/etc/getmailrc_gene
 
 ### Polling Interval
 
-By default the `getmail` service checks external mail accounts for new mail every 5 minutes. That polling interval is configurable via the `GETMAIL_POLL` ENV variable, with a value in minutes (_default: 5, min: 1, max: 30_):
+By default the `getmail` service checks external mail accounts for new mail every 5 minutes. That polling interval is configurable via the `GETMAIL_POLL` ENV variable, with a value in minutes (_default: 5, min: 1_):
 
 ```yaml
 environment:
@@ -99,3 +108,11 @@ It is possible to utilize the `getmail-gmail-xoauth-tokens` helper to provide au
 [getmail-docs]: https://getmail6.org/configuration.html
 [getmail-docs-xoauth-12]: https://github.com/getmail6/getmail6/blob/1f95606156231f1e074ba62a9baa64f892a92ef8/docs/getmailrc-examples#L286
 [getmail-docs-xoauth-13]: https://github.com/getmail6/getmail6/blob/1f95606156231f1e074ba62a9baa64f892a92ef8/docs/getmailrc-examples#L351
+
+## Debugging
+
+To debug your `getmail` configurations, run this `setup debug` command:
+
+```sh
+docker exec -it dms-container-name setup debug getmail
+```

docs/content/config/advanced/mail-sieve.md

@@ -81,22 +81,76 @@ For more examples or a detailed description of the Sieve language have a look at
 [sieve-info::examples]: http://sieve.info/examplescripts
 [third-party::sieve-examples]: https://support.tigertech.net/sieve#sieve-example-rules-jmp
 
-## Automatic Sorting Based on Subaddresses
+## Automatic Sorting Based on Sub-addresses { #subaddress-mailbox-routing }
 
-It is possible to sort subaddresses such as `user+mailing-lists@example.com` into a corresponding folder (here: `INBOX/Mailing-lists`) automatically.
+When mail is delivered to your account, it is possible to organize storing mail into folders by the [subaddress (tag)][docs::accounts-subaddressing] used.
 
-```sieve
-require ["envelope", "fileinto", "mailbox", "subaddress", "variables"];
+!!! example "Example: `user+<tag>@example.com` to `INBOX/<Tag>`"
 
-if envelope :detail :matches "to" "*" {
-  set :lower :upperfirst "tag" "${1}";
-  if mailboxexists "INBOX.${1}" {
-    fileinto "INBOX.${1}";
-  } else {
-    fileinto :create "INBOX.${tag}";
-  }
-}
-```
+    This example sorts mail into inbox folders by their tag:
+
+    ```sieve title="docker-data/dms/config/user@example.com.dovecot.sieve"
+    require ["envelope", "fileinto", "mailbox", "subaddress", "variables"];
+
+    # Check if the mail recipient address has a tag (:detail)
+    if envelope :detail :matches "to" "*" {
+      # Create a variable `tag`, with the captured `to` value normalized (SoCIAL => Social)
+      set :lower :upperfirst "tag" "${1}";
+
+      # Store the mail into a folder with the tag name, nested under your inbox folder:
+      if mailboxexists "INBOX.${tag}" {
+        fileinto "INBOX.${tag}";
+      } else {
+        fileinto :create "INBOX.${tag}";
+      }
+    }
+    ```
+
+    When receiving mail for `user+social@example.com` it would be delivered into the `INBOX/Social` folder.
+
+??? tip "Only redirect mail for specific tags"
+
+    If you want to only handle specific tags, you could replace the envelope condition and tag assignment from the prior example with:
+
+    ```sieve title="docker-data/dms/config/user@example.com.dovecot.sieve"
+    # Instead of `:matches`, use the default comparator `:is` (exact match)
+    if envelope :detail "to" "social" {
+      set "tag" "Social";
+    ```
+
+    ```sieve title="docker-data/dms/config/user@example.com.dovecot.sieve"
+    # Alternatively you can also provide a list of values to match:
+    if envelope :detail "to" ["azure", "aws"] {
+      set "tag" "Cloud";
+    ```
+
+    ```sieve title="docker-data/dms/config/user@example.com.dovecot.sieve"
+    # Similar to `:matches`, except `:regex` provides enhanced pattern matching.
+    # NOTE: This example needs you to `require` the "regex" extension
+    if envelope :detail :regex "to" "^cloud-(azure|aws)$" {
+      # Normalize the captured azure/aws tag as the resolved value is no longer fixed:
+      set :lower :upperfirst "vendor" "${1}";
+      # If a `.` exists in the tag, it will create nested folders:
+      set "tag" "Cloud.${vendor}";
+    ```
+
+    **NOTE:** There is no need to lowercase the tag in the conditional as the [`to` value is a case-insensitive check][sieve-docs::envelope].
+
+??? abstract "Technical Details"
+
+    - Dovecot supports this feature via the _Sieve subaddress extension_ ([RFC 5233][rfc::5233::sieve-subaddress]).
+    - Only a single tag per subaddress is supported. Any additional tag delimiters are part of the tag value itself.
+    - The Dovecot setting [`recipient_delimiter`][dovecot-docs::config::recipient_delimiter] (default: `+`) configures the tag delimiter. This is where the `local-part` of the recipient address will split at, providing the `:detail` (tag) value for Sieve.
+
+    ---
+
+    `INBOX` is the [default namespace configured by Dovecot][dovecot-docs::namespace].
+
+    - If you omit the `INBOX.` prefix from the sieve script above, the mailbox (folder) for that tag is created at the top-level alongside your Trash and Junk folders.
+    - The `.` between `INBOX` and `${tag}` is important as a [separator to distinguish mailbox names][dovecot-docs::mailbox-names]. This can vary by mailbox format or configuration. DMS uses [`Maildir`][dovecot-docs::mailbox-formats::maildir] by default, which uses `.` as the separator.
+    - [`lmtp_save_to_detail_mailbox = yes`][dovecot-docs::config::lmtp_save_to_detail_mailbox] can be set in `/etc/dovecot/conf.d/20-lmtp.conf`:
+        - This implements the feature globally, except for the tag normalization and `INBOX.` prefix parts of the example script.
+        - However, if the sieve script is also present, the script has precedence and will handle this task instead when the condition is successful, otherwise falling back to the global feature.
 
 ## Manage Sieve
 
@@ -104,8 +158,7 @@ The [Manage Sieve](https://doc.dovecot.org/admin_manual/pigeonhole_managesieve_s
 
 !!! example
 
-    ```yaml
-    # compose.yaml
+    ```yaml title="compose.yaml"
     ports:
       - "4190:4190"
     environment:
@@ -122,3 +175,14 @@ The extension is known to work with the following ManageSieve clients:
 
 - **[Sieve Editor](https://github.com/thsmi/sieve)**  a portable standalone application based on the former Thunderbird plugin.
 - **[Kmail](https://kontact.kde.org/components/kmail/)**  the mail client of [KDE](https://kde.org/)'s Kontact Suite.
+
+[docs::accounts-subaddressing]: ../account-management/overview.md#sub-addressing
+
+[dovecot-docs::namespace]: https://doc.dovecot.org/configuration_manual/namespace/
+[dovecot-docs::mailbox-names]: https://doc.dovecot.org/configuration_manual/sieve/usage/#mailbox-names
+[dovecot-docs::mailbox-formats::maildir]: https://doc.dovecot.org/admin_manual/mailbox_formats/maildir/#maildir-mbox-format
+[dovecot-docs::config::lmtp_save_to_detail_mailbox]: https://doc.dovecot.org/settings/core/#core_setting-lmtp_save_to_detail_mailbox
+[dovecot-docs::config::recipient_delimiter]: https://doc.dovecot.org/settings/core/#core_setting-recipient_delimiter
+
+[rfc::5233::sieve-subaddress]: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc5233
+[sieve-docs::envelope]: https://thsmi.github.io/sieve-reference/en/test/core/envelope.html

docs/content/config/advanced/optional-config.md

@@ -18,10 +18,7 @@ DMS has several locations in the container which may be worth persisting externa
     - [Config](#volumes-config): `docker-data/dms/config/` => `/tmp/docker-mailserver/`
     - [Mail Storage](#volumes-mail): `docker-data/dms/mail-data/` => `/var/mail/`
     - [State](#volumes-state): `docker-data/dms/mail-state/` => `/var/mail-state/`
-    - [Logs](#volumes-logs): `docker-data/dms/mail-logs/` => `/var/log/mail/`
-
-[docker-docs::volumes]: https://docs.docker.com/storage/volumes/
-[docker-docs::volumes::bind-mount]: https://docs.docker.com/storage/bind-mounts/
+    - [Logs](#volumes-log): `docker-data/dms/mail-logs/` => `/var/log/mail/`
 
 ### Mail Storage Volume { #volumes-mail }
 
@@ -80,8 +77,8 @@ This is a list of all configuration files and directories which are optional, au
 - **postfix-send-access.cf:** List of users denied sending. Modify via [`setup.sh email restrict`][docs-setupsh].
 - **postfix-receive-access.cf:** List of users denied receiving. Modify via [`setup.sh email restrict`][docs-setupsh].
 - **postfix-virtual.cf:** Alias configuration file. Modify via [`setup.sh alias`][docs-setupsh].
-- **postfix-sasl-password.cf:** listing of relayed domains with their respective `<username>:<password>`. Modify via `setup.sh relay add-auth <domain> <username> [<password>]`. (Docs: [Relay-Hosts Auth][docs-relayhosts-senderauth])
-- **postfix-relaymap.cf:** domain-specific relays and exclusions. Modify via `setup.sh relay add-domain` and `setup.sh relay exclude-domain`. (Docs: [Relay-Hosts Senders][docs-relayhosts-senderhost])
+- **postfix-sasl-password.cf:** listing of relayed domains with their respective `<username>:<password>`. Modify via `setup.sh relay add-auth <domain> <username> [<password>]`. (Docs: [Relay-Hosts Auth][docs::relay-hosts::advanced])
+- **postfix-relaymap.cf:** domain-specific relays and exclusions. Modify via `setup.sh relay add-domain` and `setup.sh relay exclude-domain`. (Docs: [Relay-Hosts Senders][docs::relay-hosts::advanced])
 - **postfix-regexp.cf:** Regular expression alias file. (Docs: [Aliases][docs-aliases-regex])
 - **ldap-users.cf:** Configuration for the virtual user mapping `virtual_mailbox_maps`. See the [`setup-stack.sh`][github-commit-setup-stack.sh-L411] script.
 - **ldap-groups.cf:** Configuration for the virtual alias mapping `virtual_alias_maps`. See the [`setup-stack.sh`][github-commit-setup-stack.sh-L411] script.
@@ -97,16 +94,18 @@ This is a list of all configuration files and directories which are optional, au
 - **user-patches.sh:** this file will be run after all configuration files are set up, but before the postfix, amavis and other daemons are started. (Docs: [FAQ - How to adjust settings with the `user-patches.sh` script][docs-faq-userpatches])
 - **rspamd/custom-commands.conf:** list of simple commands to adjust Rspamd modules in an easy way (Docs: [Rspamd][docs-rspamd-commands])
 
-[docs-accounts-quota]: ../../config/user-management.md#quotas
-[docs-aliases-regex]: ../../config/user-management.md#configuring-regexp-aliases
+[docker-docs::volumes]: https://docs.docker.com/storage/volumes/
+[docker-docs::volumes::bind-mount]: https://docs.docker.com/storage/bind-mounts/
+
+[docs-accounts-quota]: ../../config/account-management/provisioner/file.md#quotas
+[docs-aliases-regex]: ../../config/account-management/provisioner/file.md#configuring-regex-aliases
 [docs-dkim]: ../../config/best-practices/dkim_dmarc_spf.md#dkim
 [docs-fail2ban]: ../../config/security/fail2ban.md
 [docs-faq-spamrules]: ../../faq.md#how-can-i-manage-my-custom-spamassassin-rules
 [docs-faq-userpatches]: ../../faq.md#how-to-adjust-settings-with-the-user-patchessh-script
 [docs-override-postfix]: ./override-defaults/postfix.md
 [docs-override-dovecot]: ./override-defaults/dovecot.md
-[docs-relayhosts-senderauth]: ./mail-forwarding/relay-hosts.md#sender-dependent-authentication
-[docs-relayhosts-senderhost]: ./mail-forwarding/relay-hosts.md#sender-dependent-relay-host
+[docs::relay-hosts::advanced]: ./mail-forwarding/relay-hosts.md#advanced-configuration
 [docs-sieve]: ./mail-sieve.md
 [docs-setupsh]: ../../config/setup.sh.md
 [docs-ssl]: ../../config/security/ssl.md

docs/content/config/advanced/podman.md

@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Podman is a daemonless container engine for developing, managing, and running OC
     Running podman in rootless mode requires additional modifications in order to keep your mailserver secure.
     Make sure to read the related documentation.
 
-## Installation in Rootfull Mode
+## Installation in Rootful Mode
 
 While using Podman, you can just manage docker-mailserver as what you did with Docker. Your best friend `setup.sh` includes the minimum code in order to support Podman since it's 100% compatible with the Docker CLI.
 
@@ -45,19 +45,9 @@ docker compose ps
 
 You should see that docker-mailserver is running now.
 
-### Self-start in Rootfull Mode
-
-Podman is daemonless, that means if you want docker-mailserver self-start while boot up the system, you have to generate a systemd file with Podman CLI.
-
-```bash
-podman generate systemd mailserver > /etc/systemd/system/mailserver.service
-systemctl daemon-reload
-systemctl enable --now mailserver.service
-```
-
 ## Installation in Rootless Mode
 
-Running rootless containers is one of Podman's major features. But due to some restrictions, deploying docker-mailserver in rootless mode is not as easy compared to rootfull mode.
+Running [rootless containers][podman-docs::rootless-mode] is one of Podman's major features. But due to some restrictions, deploying docker-mailserver in rootless mode is not as easy compared to rootful mode.
 
 - a rootless container is running in a user namespace so you cannot bind ports lower than 1024
 - a rootless container's systemd file can only be placed in folder under `~/.config`
@@ -67,7 +57,7 @@ Also notice that Podman's rootless mode is not about running as a non-root user
 
 !!! warning
 
-    In order to make rootless DMS work we must modify some settings in the Linux system, it requires some basic linux server knowledge so don't follow this guide if you not sure what this guide is talking about. Podman rootfull mode and Docker are still good and security enough for normal daily usage.
+    In order to make rootless DMS work we must modify some settings in the Linux system, it requires some basic linux server knowledge so don't follow this guide if you not sure what this guide is talking about. Podman rootful mode and Docker are still good and security enough for normal daily usage.
 
 First, enable `podman.socket` in systemd's userspace with a non-root user.
 
@@ -96,6 +86,215 @@ docker compose up -d mailserver
 docker compose ps
 ```
 
+### Rootless Quadlet
+
+!!! info "What is a Quadlet?"
+
+    A [Quadlet][podman::quadlet::introduction] file uses the [systemd config format][systemd-docs::config-syntax] which is similar to the INI format.
+
+    [Quadlets define your podman configuration][podman-docs::quadlet::example-configs] (_pods, volumes, networks, images, etc_) which are [adapted into the equivalent systemd service config files][podman::quadlet::generated-output-example] at [boot or when reloading the systemd daemon][podman-docs::config::quadlet-generation] (`systemctl daemon-reload` / `systemctl --user daemon-reload`).
+
+!!! tip "Rootless compatibility"
+
+    Quadlets can [support rootless with a few differences][podman::rootless-differences]:
+
+    - `Network=pasta` configures [`pasta`][network-driver::pasta] as a rootless compatible network driver (_a popular alternative to `slirp4netns`. `pasta` is the default for rootless since Podman v5_).
+    - `Restart=always` will auto-start your Quadlet at login. Rootless support requires to enable [lingering][systemd-docs::loginctl::linger] for your user:
+
+        ```bash
+        loginctl enable-linger user
+        ```
+    - [Config locations between rootful vs rootless][podman-docs::quadlet::config-search-path].
+
+#### Example Quadlet file
+
+???+ example
+
+    1. Create your DMS Quadlet at `~/.config/containers/systemd/dms.container` with the example content shown below.
+        - Adjust settings like `HostName` as needed. You may prefer a different convention for your `Volume` host paths.
+        - Some syntax like systemd specifiers and Podman's `UIDMap` value are explained in detail after this example.
+    2. Run [`systemctl --user daemon-reload`][systemd-docs::systemctl::daemon-reload], which will trigger the Quadlet service generator. This command is required whenever you adjust config in `dms.container`.
+    3. You should now be able to start the service with `systemctl --user start dms`.
+
+    ```ini title="dms.container"
+    [Unit]
+    Description="Docker Mail Server"
+    Documentation=https://docker-mailserver.github.io/docker-mailserver/latest
+
+    [Service]
+    Restart=always
+    # Optional - This will run before the container starts:
+    # - It ensures all the DMS volumes have the host directories created for you.
+    # - For `mkdir` command to leverage the shell brace expansion syntax, you need to run it via bash.
+    ExecStartPre=/usr/bin/bash -c 'mkdir -p %h/volumes/%N/{mail-data,mail-state,mail-logs,config}'
+
+    # This section enables the service at generation, avoids requiring `systemctl --user enable dms`:
+    # - `multi-user.target` => root
+    # - `default.target` => rootless
+    [Install]
+    WantedBy=default.target
+
+    [Container]
+    ContainerName=%N
+    HostName=mail.example.com
+    Image=docker.io/mailserver/docker-mailserver:latest
+
+    PublishPort=25:25
+    PublishPort=143:143
+    PublishPort=587:587
+    PublishPort=993:993
+
+    # The container UID for root will be mapped to the host UID running this Quadlet service.
+    # All other UIDs in the container are mapped via the sub-id range for that user from host configs `/etc/subuid` + `/etc/subgid`.
+    UIDMap=+0:@%U
+
+    # Volumes (Base location example: `%h/volumes/%N` => `~/volumes/dms`)
+    # NOTE: If your host has SELinux enabled, avoid permission errors by appending the mount option `:Z`.
+    Volume=%h/volumes/%N/mail-data:/var/mail
+    Volume=%h/volumes/%N/mail-state:/var/mail-state
+    Volume=%h/volumes/%N/mail-logs:/var/log/mail
+    Volume=%h/volumes/%N/config:/tmp/docker-mailserver
+    # Optional - Additional mounts:
+    # NOTE: For SELinux, when using the `z` or `Z` mount options:
+    #   Take caution if choosing a host location not belonging to your user. Consider using `SecurityLabelDisable=true` instead.
+    #   https://docs.podman.io/en/latest/markdown/podman-run.1.html#volume-v-source-volume-host-dir-container-dir-options
+    Volume=%h/volumes/certbot/certs:/etc/letsencrypt:ro
+
+    # Podman can create a timer (defaults to daily at midnight) to check the `registry` or `local` storage for detecting if the
+    # image tag points to a new digest, if so it updates the image and restarts the service (similar to `containrrr/watchtower`):
+    # https://docs.podman.io/en/latest/markdown/podman-auto-update.1.html
+    AutoUpdate=registry
+
+    # Podman Quadlet has a better alternative instead of a volume directly bind mounting `/etc/localtime` to match the host TZ:
+    # https://docs.podman.io/en/latest/markdown/podman-run.1.html#tz-timezone
+    # NOTE: Should the host modify the system TZ, neither approach will sync the change to the `/etc/localtime` inside the running container.
+    Timezone=local
+
+    Environment=SSL_TYPE=letsencrypt
+    # NOTE: You may need to adjust the default `NETWORK_INTERFACE`:
+    # https://docker-mailserver.github.io/docker-mailserver/latest/config/environment/#network_interface
+    #Environment=NETWORK_INTERFACE=enp1s0
+    #Environment=NETWORK_INTERFACE=tap0
+    ```
+
+??? info "Systemd specifiers"
+
+    Systemd has a [variety of specifiers][systemd-docs::config-specifiers] (_prefixed with `%`_) that help manage configs.
+    
+    Here are the ones used in the Quadlet config example:
+
+    - **`%h`:** Location of the users home directory. Use this instead of `~` (_which would only work in a shell, not this config_).
+    - **`%N`:** Represents the unit service name, which is taken from the filename excluding the extension (_thus `dms.container` => `dms`_).
+    - **`%U`:** The UID of the user running this service. The next section details the relevance with `UIDMap`.
+
+    ---
+
+    If you prefer the conventional XDG locations, you may prefer `%D` + `%E` + `%S` as part of your `Volume` host paths.
+
+Stopping the service with systemd will result in the container being removed. Restarting will use the existing container, which is however not recommended. You do not need to enable services with Quadlet.
+
+Start container:
+
+`systemctl --user start dockermailserver`
+
+Stop container:
+
+`systemctl --user stop dockermailserver`
+
+Using root with machinectl (used for some Ansible versions):
+
+`machinectl -q shell yourrootlessuser@ /bin/systemctl --user start dockermailserver`
+
+#### Mapping ownership between container and host users
+
+Podman supports a few different approaches for this functionality. For rootless Quadlets you will likely want to use `UIDMap` (_`GIDMap` will use this same mapping by default_).
+
+- `UIDMap` + `GIDMap` works by mapping user and group IDs from a container, to IDs associated for a user on the host [configured in `/etc/subuid` + `/etc/subgid`][podman-docs::rootless-mode] (_this isn't necessary for rootful Podman_).
+- Each mapping must be unique, thus only a single container UID can map to your rootless UID on the host. Every other container UID mapped must be within the configured range from `/etc/subuid`.
+- Rootless containers have one additional level of mapping involved. This is an offset from their `/etc/subuid` entry starting from `0`, but can be inferred when the intended UID on the host is prefixed with `@`
+
+??? tip "Why should I prefer `UIDMap=+0:@%U`? How does the `@` syntax work?"
+
+    The most common case is to map the containers root user (UID `0`) to your host user ID.
+
+    For a rootless user with the UID `1000` on the host, any of the following `UIDMap` values are equivalent:
+
+    - **`UIDMap=+0:0`:** The 1st `0` is the container root ID and the 2nd `0` refers to host mapping ID. For rootless the mapping ID is an indirect offset to their user entry in `/etc/subuid` where `0` maps to their host user ID, while `1` or higher maps to the users subuid range.
+    - **`UIDMap=+0:@1000`:** A rootless Quadlet can also use `@` as a prefix which Podman will then instead lookup as the host ID in `/etc/subuid` to get the offset value. If the host user ID was `1000`, then `@1000` would resolve that to `0`.
+    - **`UIDMap=+0:@%U`:** Instead of providing the explicit rootless UID, a better approach is to leverage `%U` (_a [systemd specifier][systemd-docs::config-specifiers]_) which will resolve to the UID of your rootless user that starts the Quadlet service.
+
+??? tip "What is the `+` syntax used with `UIDMap`?"
+
+    Prefixing the container ID with `+` is a a podman feature similar to `@`, which ensures `/etc/subuid` is mapped fully.
+
+    For example `UIDMap=+5000:@%U` is the short-hand equivalent to:
+
+    ```ini
+    UIDMap=5000:0:1
+    UIDMap=0:1:5000
+    UIDMap=5001:5001:60536
+    ```
+
+    The third value is the amount of IDs to map from the `container:host` pair as an offset/range. It defaults to `1`.
+
+    In addition to our explicit `5000:0` mapping, the `+` ensures:
+
+    - That we have a mapping of all container ID prior to `5000` to IDs from our rootless user entry in `/etc/subuid` on the host.
+    - It also adds a mapping after this value for the remainder of the range configured in `/etc/subuid` which covers the `nobody` user in the container.
+
+    Within the container you can view these mappings via `cat /proc/self/uid_map`.
+
+??? warning "Impact on disk usage of images with Rootless"
+
+    **NOTE:** This should not usually be a concern, but is documented here to explain the impact of creating new user namespaces (_such as by running a container with settings like `UIDMap` that differ between runs_).
+
+    ---
+
+    Rootless containers [perform a copy of the image with `chown`][caveat::podman::rootless::image-chown] during the first pull/run of the image.
+
+    - The larger the image to copy, the longer the initial delay on first use.
+    - This process will be repeated if the `UIDMap` / `GIDMap` settings are changed to a value that has not been used previously (_accumulating more disk usage with additional image layer copies_).
+    - Only when the original image is removed will any of these associated `chown` image copies be purged from storage.
+
+    When you specify a `UIDMap` like demonstrated in the earlier tip for the `+` syntax with `UIDMap=+0:5000`, if the `/proc/self/uid_map` shows a row with the first two columns as equivalent then no excess `chown` should be applied.
+
+    - `UIDMap=+0:@%U` is equivalent from ID 2 onwards.
+    - `UIDMap=+5000:@%U` is equivalent from ID 5001 onwards. This is relevant with DMS as the container UID 200 is assigned to ClamAV, the offset introduced will now incur a `chown` copy of 230MB.
+
+## Start DMS container at boot
+
+Unlike Docker, Podman is daemonless thus containers do not start at boot. You can create your own systemd service to schedule this or use the Podman CLI.
+
+!!! warning "`podman generate systemd` is deprecated"
+
+    The [`podman generate systemd`][podman-docs::cli::generate-systemd] command has been deprecated [since Podman v4.7][gh::podman::release-4.7] (Sep 2023) in favor of Quadlets (_available [since Podman v4.4][gh::podman::release-4.4]_).
+
+!!! example "Create a systemd service"
+
+    Use the Podman CLI to generate a systemd service at the rootful or rootless location.
+
+    === "Rootful"
+
+        ```bash
+        podman generate systemd mailserver > /etc/systemd/system/mailserver.service
+        systemctl daemon-reload
+        systemctl enable --now mailserver.service
+        ```
+
+    === "Rootless"
+
+        ```bash
+        podman generate systemd mailserver > ~/.config/systemd/user/mailserver.service
+        systemctl --user daemon-reload
+        systemctl enable --user --now mailserver.service
+        ```
+
+A systemd user service will only start when that specific user logs in and stops when after log out. To instead allow user services to run when that user has no active session running run:
+
+```bash
+loginctl enable-linger <username>
+```
+
 ### Security in Rootless Mode
 
 In rootless mode, podman resolves all incoming IPs as localhost, which results in an open gateway in the default configuration. There are two workarounds to fix this problem, both of which have their own drawbacks.
@@ -104,10 +303,22 @@ In rootless mode, podman resolves all incoming IPs as localhost, which results i
 
 The `PERMIT_DOCKER` variable in the `mailserver.env` file allows to specify trusted networks that do not need to authenticate. If the variable is left empty, only requests from localhost and the container IP are allowed, but in the case of rootless podman any IP will be resolved as localhost. Setting `PERMIT_DOCKER=none` enforces authentication also from localhost, which prevents sending unauthenticated emails.
 
-#### Use the slip4netns network driver
+#### Use the `pasta` network driver
+
+Since [Podman 5.0][gh::podman::release-5.0] the default rootless network driver is now `pasta` instead of `slirp4netns`. These two drivers [have some differences][rhel-docs::podman::slirp4netns-vs-pasta]:
+
+> Notable differences of `pasta` network mode compared to `slirp4netns` include:
+> 
+> - `pasta` supports IPv6 port forwarding.
+> - `pasta` is more efficient than `slirp4netns`.
+> - `pasta` copies IP addresses from the host, while `slirp4netns` uses a predefined IPv4 address.
+> - `pasta` uses an interface name from the host, while `slirp4netns` uses `tap0` as an interface name.
+> - `pasta` uses the gateway address from the host, while `slirp4netns` defines its own gateway address and uses NAT.
+
+#### Use the `slip4netns` network driver
 
 The second workaround is slightly more complicated because the `compose.yaml` has to be modified.
-As shown in the [fail2ban section](../security/fail2ban.md#podman-with-slirp4netns-port-driver) the `slirp4netns` network driver has to be enabled.
+As shown in the [fail2ban section][docs::fail2ban::rootless] the `slirp4netns` network driver has to be enabled.
 This network driver enables podman to correctly resolve IP addresses but it is not compatible with
 user defined networks which might be a problem depending on your setup.
 
@@ -130,27 +341,9 @@ You must also add the ENV `NETWORK_INTERFACE=tap0`, because Podman uses a [hard-
 
     `podman-compose` is not compatible with this configuration.
 
-### Self-start in Rootless Mode
-
-Generate a systemd file with the Podman CLI.
-
-```bash
-podman generate systemd mailserver > ~/.config/systemd/user/mailserver.service
-systemctl --user daemon-reload
-systemctl enable --user --now mailserver.service
-```
-
-Systemd's user space service is only started when a specific user logs in and stops when you log out. In order to make it to start with the system, we need to enable linger with `loginctl`
-
-```bash
-loginctl enable-linger <username>
-```
-
-Remember to run this command as root user.
-
 ### Port Forwarding
 
-When it comes to forwarding ports using `firewalld`, see <https://access.redhat.com/documentation/en-us/red_hat_enterprise_linux/8/html/securing_networks/using-and-configuring-firewalld_securing-networks#port-forwarding_using-and-configuring-firewalld> for more information.
+When it comes to forwarding ports using `firewalld`, see [these port forwarding docs][firewalld-port-forwarding] for more information.
 
 ```bash
 firewall-cmd --permanent --add-forward-port=port=<25|143|465|587|993>:proto=<tcp>:toport=<10025|10143|10465|10587|10993>
@@ -171,5 +364,30 @@ firewall-cmd --reload
 
 Just map all the privilege port with non-privilege port you set in compose.yaml before as root user.
 
+[docs::fail2ban::rootless]: ../security/fail2ban.md#rootless-container
+
 [rootless::podman]: https://github.com/containers/podman/blob/v3.4.1/docs/source/markdown/podman-run.1.md#--networkmode---net
 [rootless::podman::interface]: https://github.com/containers/podman/blob/v3.4.1/libpod/networking_slirp4netns.go#L264
+[network-driver::pasta]: https://passt.top/passt/about/#pasta
+[gh::podman::release-4.4]: https://github.com/containers/podman/releases/tag/v4.4.0
+[gh::podman::release-4.7]: https://github.com/containers/podman/releases/tag/v4.7.0
+[gh::podman::release-5.0]: https://github.com/containers/podman/releases/tag/v5.0.0
+[rhel-docs::podman::slirp4netns-vs-pasta]: https://docs.redhat.com/en/documentation/red_hat_enterprise_linux/9/html/building_running_and_managing_containers/assembly_communicating-among-containers_building-running-and-managing-containers#differences-between-slirp4netns-and-pasta_assembly_communicating-among-containers
+[firewalld-port-forwarding]: https://access.redhat.com/documentation/en-us/red_hat_enterprise_linux/8/html/securing_networks/using-and-configuring-firewalld_securing-networks#port-forwarding_using-and-configuring-firewalld
+
+[podman::quadlet::introduction]: https://mo8it.com/blog/quadlet/
+[podman::quadlet::generated-output-example]: https://blog.while-true-do.io/podman-quadlets/#writing-quadlets
+[podman::rootless-differences]: https://matduggan.com/replace-compose-with-quadlet/#rootless
+
+[podman-docs::rootless-mode]: https://docs.podman.io/en/stable/markdown/podman.1.html#rootless-mode
+[podman-docs::cli::generate-systemd]: https://docs.podman.io/en/latest/markdown/podman-generate-systemd.1.html
+[podman-docs::quadlet::example-configs]: https://docs.podman.io/en/latest/markdown/podman-systemd.unit.5.html#examples
+[podman-docs::config::quadlet-generation]: https://docs.podman.io/en/latest/markdown/podman-systemd.unit.5.html#description
+[podman-docs::quadlet::config-search-path]: https://docs.podman.io/en/latest/markdown/podman-systemd.unit.5.html#podman-rootful-unit-search-path
+
+[systemd-docs::config-syntax]: https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/latest/systemd.syntax.html
+[systemd-docs::config-specifiers]: https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/latest/systemd.unit.html#Specifiers
+[systemd-docs::loginctl::linger]: https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/latest/loginctl.html#enable-linger%20USER%E2%80%A6
+[systemd-docs::systemctl::daemon-reload]: https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/latest/systemctl.html#daemon-reload
+
+[caveat::podman::rootless::image-chown]: https://github.com/containers/podman/issues/16541#issuecomment-1352790422

docs/content/config/best-practices/dkim_dmarc_spf.md

@@ -29,17 +29,32 @@ Cloudflare has written an [article about DKIM, DMARC and SPF][cloudflare-dkim-dm
 When DKIM is enabled:
 
 1. Inbound mail will verify any included DKIM signatures
-2. Outbound mail is signed (_when you're sending domain has a configured DKIM key_)
+2. Outbound mail is signed (_when your sending domain has a configured DKIM key_)
 
 DKIM requires a public/private key pair to enable **signing (_via private key_)** your outgoing mail, while the receiving end must query DNS to **verify (_via public key_)** that the signature is trustworthy.
 
+??? info "Verification expiry"
+
+    Unlike your TLS certificate, your DKIM keypair does not have a fixed expiry associated to it.
+
+
+    Instead, an expiry may be included in your DKIM signature for each mail sent, where a receiver will [refuse to validate the signature for an email after that expiry date][dkim-verification-expiry-refusal]. This is an added precaution to mitigate malicious activity like "DKIM replay attacks", where an already delivered email from a third-party with a trustworthy DKIM signature is leveraged by a spammer when sending mail to an MTA which verifies the DKIM signature successfully, enabling the spammer to bypass spam protections.
+
+    Unlike a TLS handshake where you are authenticating trust with future communications, with DKIM once the mail has been received and trust of the signature has been verified, the value of verifying the signature again at a later date is less meaningful since the signature was to ensure no tampering had occurred during delivery through the network.
+
+??? tip "DKIM key rotation"
+
+    You can rotate your DKIM keypair by switching to a new DKIM selector (_and DNS updates_), while the previous key and selector remains valid for verification until the last mail signed with that key reaches it's expiry.
+
+    DMS does not provide any automation or support for key rotation, [nor is it likely to provide a notable security benefit][gh-discussion::dkim-key-rotation-expiry] to the typical small scale DMS deployment.
+
 ### Generating Keys
 
 You'll need to repeat this process if you add any new domains.
 
 You should have:
 
-- At least one [email account setup][docs-accounts-add]
+- At least one [email account setup][docs-accounts]
 - Attached a [volume for config][docs-volumes-config] to persist the generated files to local storage
 
 !!! example "Creating DKIM Keys"
@@ -61,7 +76,7 @@ You should have:
 ??? info "Changing the key size"
 
     The keypair generated for using with DKIM presently defaults to RSA-2048. This is a good size but you can lower the security to `1024-bit`, or increase it to `4096-bit` (_discouraged as that is excessive_).
-    
+
     To generate a key with different size (_for RSA 1024-bit_) run:
 
     ```sh
@@ -72,7 +87,7 @@ You should have:
 
         According to [RFC 8301][rfc-8301], keys are preferably between 1024 and 2048 bits. Keys of size 4096-bit or larger may not be compatible to all systems your mail is intended for.
 
-        You [should not need a key length beyond 2048-bit][github-issue-dkimlength]. If 2048-bit does not meet your security needs, you may want to instead consider adopting key rotation or switching from RSA to ECC keys for DKIM.
+        You [should not need a key length beyond 2048-bit][gh-issue::dkim-length]. If 2048-bit does not meet your security needs, you may want to instead consider adopting key rotation or switching from RSA to ECC keys for DKIM.
 
 ??? note "You may need to specify mail domains explicitly"
 
@@ -122,7 +137,7 @@ DKIM is currently supported by either OpenDKIM or Rspamd:
 
         If you have multiple domains, you need to:
 
-        - Create a key wth `docker exec -it <CONTAINER NAME> setup config dkim domain <DOMAIN>` for each domain DMS should sign outgoing mail for.
+        - Create a key with `docker exec -it <CONTAINER NAME> setup config dkim domain <DOMAIN>` for each domain DMS should sign outgoing mail for.
         - Provide a custom `dkim_signing.conf` (for which an example is shown below), as the default config only supports one domain.
 
     !!! info "About the Helper Script"
@@ -133,9 +148,7 @@ DKIM is currently supported by either OpenDKIM or Rspamd:
 
         ---
 
-        In case you have not already provided a default DKIM signing configuration, the script will create one and write it to `/etc/rspamd/override.d/dkim_signing.conf`. If this file already exists, it will not be overwritten.
-
-        When you're already using [the `rspamd/override.d/` directory][docs-rspamd-config-dropin], the file is created inside your volume and therefore persisted correctly. If you are not using `rspamd/override.d/`, you will need to persist the file yourself (otherwise it is lost on container restart).
+        In case you have not already provided a default DKIM signing configuration, the script will create one and write it to `/tmp/docker-mailserver/rspamd/override.d/dkim_signing.conf`. If this file already exists, it will not be overwritten.
 
         An example of what a default configuration file for DKIM signing looks like can be found by expanding the example below.
 
@@ -344,15 +357,15 @@ volumes:
   - ./docker-data/dms/config/postfix-policyd-spf.conf:/etc/postfix-policyd-spf-python/policyd-spf.conf
 ```
 
-[docs-accounts-add]: ../user-management.md#adding-a-new-account
+[docs-accounts]: ../account-management/overview.md#accounts
 [docs-volumes-config]: ../advanced/optional-config.md#volumes-config
 [docs-env-opendkim]: ../environment.md#enable_opendkim
 [docs-env-rspamd]: ../environment.md#enable_rspamd
 [docs-env-spf-policyd]: ../environment.md#enable_policyd_spf
-[docs-rspamd-config-dropin]: ../security/rspamd.md#manually
 [cloudflare-dkim-dmarc-spf]: https://www.cloudflare.com/learning/email-security/dmarc-dkim-spf/
 [rfc-8301]: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc8301#section-3.2
-[github-issue-dkimlength]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/issues/1854#issuecomment-806280929
+[gh-discussion::dkim-key-rotation-expiry]: https://github.com/orgs/docker-mailserver/discussions/4068#discussioncomment-9784263
+[gh-issue::dkim-length]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/issues/1854#issuecomment-806280929
 [rspamd-docs-dkim-checks]: https://www.rspamd.com/doc/modules/dkim.html
 [rspamd-docs-dkim-signing]: https://www.rspamd.com/doc/modules/dkim_signing.html
 [dns::example-webui]: https://www.vultr.com/docs/introduction-to-vultr-dns/
@@ -360,6 +373,7 @@ volumes:
 [dns::wikipedia-zonefile]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zone_file
 [dns::webui-dkim]: https://serverfault.com/questions/763815/route-53-doesnt-allow-adding-dkim-keys-because-length-is-too-long
 [dkim-ed25519-support]: https://serverfault.com/questions/1023674/is-ed25519-well-supported-for-the-dkim-validation/1074545#1074545
+[dkim-verification-expiry-refusal]: https://mxtoolbox.com/problem/dkim/dkim-signature-expiration
 [mxtoolbox-dkim-verifier]: https://mxtoolbox.com/dkim.aspx
 [dmarc-howto-configtags]: https://github.com/internetstandards/toolbox-wiki/blob/master/DMARC-how-to.md#overview-of-dmarc-configuration-tags
 [dmarc-tool-gca]: https://dmarcguide.globalcyberalliance.org

docs/content/config/debugging.md

@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ This could be from outdated software, or running a system that isn't able to pro
 - **Container runtime:** Docker and Podman for example have subtle differences. DMS docs are primarily focused on Docker, but we try to document known issues where relevant.
 - **Rootless containers:** Introduces additional differences in behavior or requirements:
     - cgroup v2 is required for supporting rootless containers.
-    - Differences such as for container networking which may further affect support for IPv6 and preserving the client IP (Remote address). Example with Docker rootless are [binding a port to a specific interface][docker-rootless-interface] and the choice of [port forwarding driver][docs-rootless-portdriver].
+    - Differences such as for container networking which may further affect support for IPv6 and preserving the client IP (Remote address). Example with Docker rootless are [binding a port to a specific interface][docker-rootless-interface] and the choice of [port forwarding driver][docs::fail2ban::rootless-portdriver].
 
 [network::docker-userlandproxy]: https://github.com/moby/moby/issues/44721
 [network::docker-nftables]: https://github.com/moby/moby/issues/26824
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ This could be from outdated software, or running a system that isn't able to pro
 [docs::faq-bare-domain]: ../faq.md#can-i-use-a-nakedbare-domain-ie-no-hostname
 [docs-ipv6]: ./advanced/ipv6.md
 [docs-introduction]: ../introduction.md
-[docs-rootless-portdriver]: ./security/fail2ban.md#running-inside-a-rootless-container
+[docs::fail2ban::rootless-portdriver]: ./security/fail2ban.md#rootless-container
 [docs-usage]: ../usage.md
 
 [gh-issues]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/issues

docs/content/config/environment.md

@@ -6,15 +6,31 @@ title: Environment Variables
 
     Values in **bold** are the default values. If an option doesn't work as documented here, check if you are running the latest image. The current `master` branch corresponds to the image `ghcr.io/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver:edge`.
 
+!!! tip
+
+    If an environment variable `<VAR>__FILE` is set with a valid file path as the value, the content of that file will become the value for `<VAR>` (_provided `<VAR>` has not already been set_).
+
 #### General
 
 ##### OVERRIDE_HOSTNAME
 
-If you can't set your hostname (_eg: you're in a container platform that doesn't let you_) specify it via this environment variable. It will have priority over `docker run --hostname`, or the equivalent `hostname:` field in `compose.yaml`.
+If you cannot set your DMS FQDN as your hostname (_eg: you're in a container runtime lacks the equivalent of Docker's `--hostname`_), specify it via this environment variable.
 
-- **empty** => Uses the `hostname -f` command to get canonical hostname for DMS to use.
+- **empty** => Internally uses the `hostname --fqdn` command to get the canonical hostname assigned to the DMS container.
 - => Specify an FQDN (fully-qualified domain name) to serve mail for. The hostname is required for DMS to function correctly.
 
+!!! info
+
+    `OVERRIDE_HOSTNAME` is checked early during DMS container setup. When set it will be preferred over querying the containers hostname via the `hostname --fqdn` command (_configured via `docker run --hostname` or the equivalent `hostname:` field in `compose.yaml`_).
+
+!!! warning "Compatibility may differ"
+
+    `OVERRIDE_HOSTNAME` is not a complete replacement for adjusting the containers configured hostname. It is a best effort workaround for supporting deployment environments like Kubernetes or when using Docker with `--network=host`.
+
+    Typically this feature is only useful when software supports configuring a specific hostname to use, instead of a default fallback that infers the hostname (such as retrieving the hostname via libc / NSS). [Fetchmail is known to be incompatible][gh--issue::hostname-compatibility] with this ENV, requiring manual workarounds.
+
+    Compatibility differences are being [tracked here][gh-issue::dms-fqdn] as they become known.
+
 ##### LOG_LEVEL
 
 Set the log level for DMS. This is mostly relevant for container startup scripts and change detection event feedback.
@@ -39,6 +55,12 @@ Default: 5000
 
 The User ID assigned to the static vmail user for `/var/mail` (_Mail storage managed by Dovecot_).
 
+!!! warning "Incompatible UID values"
+
+    - A value of [`0` (root) is not compatible][gh-issue::vmail-uid-cannot-be-root].
+    - This feature will attempt to adjust the `uid` for the `docker` user (`/etc/passwd`), hence the error emitted to logs if the UID is already assigned to another user.
+    - The feature appears to work with other UID values that are already assigned in `/etc/passwd`, even though Dovecot by default has a setting for the minimum UID as `500`.
+
 ##### DMS_VMAIL_GID
 
 Default: 5000
@@ -47,24 +69,12 @@ The Group ID assigned to the static vmail group for `/var/mail` (_Mail storage m
 
 ##### ACCOUNT_PROVISIONER
 
-Configures the provisioning source of user accounts (including aliases) for user queries and authentication by services managed by DMS (_Postfix and Dovecot_).
+Configures the [provisioning source of user accounts][docs::account-management::overview] (including aliases) for user queries and authentication by services managed by DMS (_Postfix and Dovecot_).
 
-!!! tip "OAuth2 Support"
-
-    Presently DMS supports OAuth2 only as an supplementary authentication method.
-
-    - A third-party service must provide a valid token for the user which Dovecot validates with the authentication service provider. To enable this feature reference the [OAuth2 configuration example guide][docs::auth::oauth2-config-guide].
-    - User accounts must be provisioned to receive mail via one of the supported `ACCOUNT_PROVISIONER` providers.
-    - User provisioning via OIDC is planned for the future, see [this tracking issue](https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/issues/2713).
-
-[docs::auth::oauth2-config-guide]: ./advanced/auth-oauth2.md
-
-- **empty** => use FILE
+- **FILE** => use local files
 - LDAP => use LDAP authentication
-- OIDC => use OIDC authentication (**not yet implemented**)
-- FILE => use local files (this is used as the default)
 
-A second container for the ldap service is necessary (e.g. [`bitnami/openldap`](https://hub.docker.com/r/bitnami/openldap/)).
+LDAP requires an external service (e.g. [`bitnami/openldap`](https://hub.docker.com/r/bitnami/openldap/)).
 
 ##### PERMIT_DOCKER
 
@@ -200,15 +210,23 @@ Please read [the SSL page in the documentation][docs-tls] for more information.
 ##### TLS_LEVEL
 
 - **empty** => modern
-- modern => Enables TLSv1.2 and modern ciphers only. (default)
-- intermediate => Enables TLSv1, TLSv1.1 and TLSv1.2 and broad compatibility ciphers.
+- `modern` => Limits the cipher suite to secure ciphers only.
+- `intermediate` => Relaxes security by adding additional ciphers for broader compatibility.
+
+!!! info
+
+    In both cases TLS v1.2 is the minimum protocol version supported.
+
+!!! note
+
+    Prior to DMS v12.0, `TLS_LEVEL=intermediate` additionally supported TLS versions 1.0 and 1.1. If you still have legacy devices that can only use these versions of TLS, please follow [this workaround advice][gh-issue::tls-legacy-workaround].
 
 ##### SPOOF_PROTECTION
 
 Configures the handling of creating mails with forged sender addresses.
 
 - **0** => (not recommended) Mail address spoofing allowed. Any logged in user may create email messages with a [forged sender address](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Email_spoofing).
-- 1 => Mail spoofing denied. Each user may only send with his own or his alias addresses. Addresses with [extension delimiters](http://www.postfix.org/postconf.5.html#recipient_delimiter) are not able to send messages.
+- 1 => Mail spoofing denied. Each user may only send with their own or their alias addresses. Addresses with [extension delimiters](http://www.postfix.org/postconf.5.html#recipient_delimiter) are not able to send messages.
 
 ##### ENABLE_SRS
 
@@ -253,6 +271,12 @@ Set the mailbox size limit for all users. If set to zero, the size will be unlim
 
 See [mailbox quota][docs-accounts-quota].
 
+!!! info "Compatibility"
+
+    This feature is presently only compatible with `ACCOUNT_PROVISIONER=FILE`.
+
+    When using a different provisioner (or `SMTP_ONLY=1`) this ENV will instead default to `0`.
+
 ##### POSTFIX_MESSAGE_SIZE_LIMIT
 
 Set the message size limit for all users. If set to zero, the size will be unlimited (not recommended!). Size is in bytes.
@@ -301,7 +325,7 @@ Customize the update check interval. Number + Suffix. Suffix must be 's' for sec
 - sdbox => (experimental) uses Dovecot high-performance mailbox format, one file contains one message
 - mdbox ==> (experimental) uses Dovecot high-performance mailbox format, multiple messages per file and multiple files per box
 
-This option has been added in November 2019. Using other format than Maildir is considered as experimental in docker-mailserver and should only be used for testing purpose. For more details, please refer to [Dovecot Documentation](https://wiki2.dovecot.org/MailboxFormat).
+This option has been added in November 2019. Using other format than Maildir is considered as experimental in docker-mailserver and should only be used for testing purpose. For more details, please refer to [Dovecot Documentation](https://doc.dovecot.org/admin_manual/mailbox_formats/#mailbox-formats).
 
 ##### POSTFIX_REJECT_UNKNOWN_CLIENT_HOSTNAME
 
@@ -366,6 +390,23 @@ Default: empty (no prefix will be added to e-mails)
 
     Add trailing white-space by quote wrapping the value: `SPAM_SUBJECT='[SPAM] '`
 
+##### DMS_CONFIG_POLL
+
+Defines how often DMS polls [monitored config files][gh::monitored-configs] for changes in the DMS Config Volume. This also includes TLS certificates and is often relied on for applying changes managed via `setup` CLI commands.
+
+- **`2`** => How often (in seconds) [change detection][gh::check-for-changes] is performed.
+
+!!! note "Decreasing the frequency of polling for changes"
+
+    Raising the value will delay how soon a change is detected which may impact UX expectations for responsiveness, but reduces resource usage when changes are rare.
+
+!!! info
+
+    When using `ACCOUNT_PROVISIONER=LDAP`, the change detection feature is presently disabled.
+
+[gh::check-for-changes]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/blob/v15.0.0/target/scripts/check-for-changes.sh#L37
+[gh::monitored-configs]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/blob/v15.0.0/target/scripts/helpers/change-detection.sh#L30-L42
+
 #### Rspamd
 
 ##### ENABLE_RSPAMD
@@ -456,7 +497,7 @@ Default: 6 (which corresponds to the `add_header` action)
 
 ##### RSPAMD_NEURAL
 
-Can be used to enable or disable the [Neural network module][rspamd-docs-neural-network]. This is an experimental anti-spam weigh method using three neural networks in the configuration added here. As far as we can tell it trains itself by using other modules to find out what spam is. It will take a while (a week or more) to train its first neural network. The config trains new networks all the time and discards old networks. 
+Can be used to enable or disable the [Neural network module][rspamd-docs-neural-network]. This is an experimental anti-spam weigh method using three neural networks in the configuration added here. As far as we can tell it trains itself by using other modules to find out what spam is. It will take a while (a week or more) to train its first neural network. The config trains new networks all the time and discards old networks.
 Since it is experimental, it is switched off by default.
 
 - **0** => Disabled
@@ -615,8 +656,8 @@ Mail is not yet considered spam at this spam score, but for purposes like diagno
     X-Spam-Level: ****
     X-Spam-Status: No, score=4.162 tagged_above=2 required=4
             tests=[BODY_SINGLE_WORD=1, DKIM_ADSP_NXDOMAIN=0.8,
-            NO_DNS_FOR_FROM=0.379, NO_RECEIVED=-0.001, NO_RELAYS=-0.001,
-            PYZOR_CHECK=1.985] autolearn=no autolearn_force=no
+            NO_DNS_FOR_FROM=0.379, NO_RECEIVED=-0.001, NO_RELAYS=-0.001]
+            autolearn=no autolearn_force=no
     ```
 
     !!! info "The `X-Spam-Score` is `4.162`"
@@ -692,7 +733,7 @@ Controls the spam score threshold for triggering an action on mail that has a hi
 
 - **1** => will activate SpamAssassin short circuiting for bayes spam detection.
 
-This will uncomment the respective line in `/etc/spamassasin/local.cf`
+This will uncomment the respective line in `/etc/spamassassin/local.cf`
 
 !!! warning
 
@@ -702,7 +743,7 @@ This will uncomment the respective line in `/etc/spamassasin/local.cf`
 
 - **1** => will activate SpamAssassin short circuiting for bayes ham detection
 
-This will uncomment the respective line in `/etc/spamassasin/local.cf`
+This will uncomment the respective line in `/etc/spamassassin/local.cf`
 
 !!! warning
 
@@ -738,7 +779,7 @@ Enable or disable `getmail`.
 
 ##### GETMAIL_POLL
 
-- **5** => `getmail` The number of minutes for the interval. Min: 1; Max: 30; Default: 5.
+- **5** => `getmail` The number of minutes for the interval. Min: 1; Default: 5.
 
 
 #### OAUTH2
@@ -916,22 +957,26 @@ Note: This postgrey setting needs `ENABLE_POSTGREY=1`
 
 ##### SASLAUTHD_MECHANISMS
 
-- **empty** => pam
-- `ldap` => authenticate against ldap server
-- `shadow` => authenticate against local user db
-- `mysql` => authenticate against mysql db
-- `rimap` => authenticate against imap server
-- NOTE: can be a list of mechanisms like pam ldap shadow
+DMS only implements support for these mechanisms:
+
+- **`ldap`** => Authenticate against an LDAP server
+- `rimap` => Authenticate against an IMAP server
 
 ##### SASLAUTHD_MECH_OPTIONS
 
 - **empty** => None
-- e.g. with SASLAUTHD_MECHANISMS rimap you need to specify the ip-address/servername of the imap server  ==> xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
+
+!!! info
+
+    With `SASLAUTHD_MECHANISMS=rimap` you need to specify the ip-address / servername of the IMAP server, such as `SASLAUTHD_MECH_OPTIONS=127.0.0.1`.
 
 ##### SASLAUTHD_LDAP_SERVER
 
-- **empty** => same as `LDAP_SERVER_HOST`
-- Note: You must include the desired URI scheme (`ldap://`, `ldaps://`, `ldapi://`).
+- **empty** => Use the same value as `LDAP_SERVER_HOST`
+
+!!! note
+
+    You must include the desired URI scheme (`ldap://`, `ldaps://`, `ldapi://`).
 
 ##### SASLAUTHD_LDAP_START_TLS
 
@@ -1135,14 +1180,20 @@ Provide the credentials to use with `RELAY_HOST` or `DEFAULT_RELAY_HOST`.
         - Add the exact relayhost value (`host:port` / `[host]:port`) from the generated `/etc/postfix/relayhost_map`, or `main.cf:relayhost` (`DEFAULT_RELAY_HOST`).
         - `setup relay ...` is missing support, you must instead add these manually to `postfix-sasl-password.cf`.
 
+[gh-issue::vmail-uid-cannot-be-root]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/issues/4098#issuecomment-2257201025
+
 [docs-rspamd]: ./security/rspamd.md
 [docs-tls]: ./security/ssl.md
 [docs-tls-letsencrypt]: ./security/ssl.md#lets-encrypt-recommended
 [docs-tls-manual]: ./security/ssl.md#bring-your-own-certificates
 [docs-tls-selfsigned]: ./security/ssl.md#self-signed-certificates
-[docs-accounts-quota]: ./user-management.md#quotas
+[docs-accounts-quota]: ./account-management/overview.md#quotas
+[docs::account-management::overview]: ./account-management/overview.md
 [docs::relay-host]: ./advanced/mail-forwarding/relay-hosts.md
 [docs::dms-volumes-state]: ./advanced/optional-config.md#volumes-state
 [postfix-config::relayhost]: https://www.postfix.org/postconf.5.html#relayhost
 [postfix-config::relayhost_maps]: https://www.postfix.org/postconf.5.html#sender_dependent_relayhost_maps
 [postfix-config::sasl_passwd]: https://www.postfix.org/postconf.5.html#smtp_sasl_password_maps
+[gh-issue::tls-legacy-workaround]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/2945#issuecomment-1949907964
+[gh-issue::hostname-compatibility]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver-helm/issues/168#issuecomment-2911782106
+[gh-issue::dms-fqdn]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/issues/3520#issuecomment-1700191973

docs/content/config/security/fail2ban.md

@@ -14,18 +14,48 @@ hide:
 
 ## Configuration
 
-!!! warning
+Enabling Fail2Ban support can be done via ENV, but also requires granting at least the `NET_ADMIN` capability to interact with the kernel and ban IP addresses.
 
-    DMS must be launched with the `NET_ADMIN` capability in order to be able to install the NFTables rules that actually ban IP addresses. Thus, either include `--cap-add=NET_ADMIN` in the `docker run` command, or the equivalent in the `compose.yaml`:
+!!! example
 
-    ```yaml
-    cap_add:
-      - NET_ADMIN
-    ```
+    === "Docker Compose"
+
+        ```yaml title="compose.yaml"
+        services:
+          mailserver:
+            environment:
+              - ENABLE_FAIL2BAN=1
+            cap_add:
+              - NET_ADMIN
+        ```
+
+    === "Docker CLI"
+
+        ```bash
+        docker run --rm -it \
+          --cap-add=NET_ADMIN \
+          --env ENABLE_FAIL2BAN=1
+        ```
+
+!!! warning "Security risk of adding non-default capabilities"
+
+    DMS bundles F2B into the image for convenience to simplify integration and deployment.
+
+    The [`NET_ADMIN`][security::cap-net-admin] and [`NET_RAW`][security::cap-net-raw] capabilities are not granted by default to the container root user, as they can be used to compromise security.
+
+    If this risk concerns you, it may be wiser to instead prefer only granting these capabilities to a dedicated Fail2Ban container ([example][lsio:f2b-image]).
 
 !!! bug "Running Fail2Ban on Older Kernels"
 
-    DMS configures F2B to use NFTables, not IPTables (legacy). We have observed that older systems, for example NAS systems, do not support the modern NFTables rules. You will need to configure F2B to use legacy IPTables again, for example with the [``fail2ban-jail.cf``][github-file-f2bjail], see the [section on configuration further down below](#custom-files).
+    DMS configures F2B to use [NFTables][network::nftables], not [IPTables (legacy)][network::iptables-legacy].
+
+    We have observed that older systems (for example NAS systems), do not support the modern NFTables rules. You will need to configure F2B to use legacy IPTables again, for example with the [`fail2ban-jail.cf`][github-file-f2bjail], see the [section on configuration further down below](#custom-files).
+
+[security::cap-net-admin]: https://0xn3va.gitbook.io/cheat-sheets/container/escaping/excessive-capabilities#cap_net_admin
+[security::cap-net-raw]: https://0xn3va.gitbook.io/cheat-sheets/container/escaping/excessive-capabilities#cap_net_raw
+[lsio:f2b-image]: https://docs.linuxserver.io/images/docker-fail2ban
+[network::nftables]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nftables
+[network::iptables-legacy]: https://developers.redhat.com/blog/2020/08/18/iptables-the-two-variants-and-their-relationship-with-nftables#two_variants_of_the_iptables_command
 
 ### DMS Defaults
 
@@ -48,6 +78,15 @@ This following configuration files inside the `docker-data/dms/config/` volume w
 [github-file-f2bjail]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/blob/master/config-examples/fail2ban-jail.cf
 [github-file-f2bconfig]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/blob/master/config-examples/fail2ban-fail2ban.cf
 
+### SASL
+
+The `postfix` jail comes with `mode=extra` by default, which covers SASL login errors for our default SASL provider. Hence, the `postfix-sasl` jail has been disabled. If you switch to another SASL provider (e.g., SASLauthd), you may want to turn the `postfix-sasl` jail back on:
+
+```ini title="docker-data/dms/config/fail2ban-jail.cf"
+[postfix-sasl]
+enabled = true
+```
+
 ### Viewing All Bans
 
 When just running
@@ -78,7 +117,7 @@ docker exec <CONTAINER NAME> setup fail2ban [<ban|unban> <IP>]
 docker exec <CONTAINER NAME> setup fail2ban log
 ```
 
-## Running Inside A Rootless Container
+## Running Inside A Rootless Container { #rootless-container }
 
 [`RootlessKit`][rootless::rootless-kit] is the _fakeroot_ implementation for supporting _rootless mode_ in Docker and Podman. By default, RootlessKit uses the [`builtin` port forwarding driver][rootless::port-drivers], which does not propagate source IP addresses.
 

docs/content/config/security/rspamd.md

@@ -6,34 +6,60 @@ title: 'Security | Rspamd'
 
 Rspamd is a ["fast, free and open-source spam filtering system"][rspamd-web]. DMS integrates Rspamd like any other service. We provide a basic but easy to maintain setup of Rspamd.
 
-If you want to take a look at the default configuration files for Rspamd that DMS packs, navigate to [`target/rspamd/` inside the repository][dms-repo::default-rspamd-configuration]. Please consult the [section "The Default Configuration"](#the-default-configuration) section down below for a written overview.
+If you want to take a look at the default configuration files for Rspamd that DMS adds, navigate to [`target/rspamd/` inside the repository][dms-repo::default-rspamd-configuration]. Please consult the [section "The Default Configuration"](#the-default-configuration) section down below for a written overview.
 
-## Related Environment Variables
+### Enable Rspamd
 
-The following environment variables are related to Rspamd:
+Rspamd is presently opt-in for DMS, but intended to become the default anti-spam service in a future release.
 
-1. [`ENABLE_RSPAMD`](../environment.md#enable_rspamd)
-2. [`ENABLE_RSPAMD_REDIS`](../environment.md#enable_rspamd_redis)
-3. [`RSPAMD_CHECK_AUTHENTICATED`](../environment.md#rspamd_check_authenticated)
-4. [`RSPAMD_GREYLISTING`](../environment.md#rspamd_greylisting)
-5. [`RSPAMD_HFILTER`](../environment.md#rspamd_hfilter)
-6. [`RSPAMD_HFILTER_HOSTNAME_UNKNOWN_SCORE`](../environment.md#rspamd_hfilter_hostname_unknown_score)
-7. [`RSPAMD_LEARN`](../environment.md#rspamd_learn)
-8. [`SPAM_SUBJECT`](../environment.md#spam_subject)
-9. [`MOVE_SPAM_TO_JUNK`][docs::spam-to-junk]
-10. [`MARK_SPAM_AS_READ`](../environment.md#mark_spam_as_read)
+DMS offers two anti-spam solutions:
 
-With these variables, you can enable Rspamd itself, and you can enable / disable certain features related to Rspamd.
+- Legacy (_Amavis, SpamAssassin, OpenDKIM, OpenDMARC_)
+- Rspamd (_Provides equivalent features of software from the legacy solution_)
 
-## The Default Configuration
+While you could configure Rspamd to only replace some of the legacy services, it is advised to only use Rspamd with the legacy services disabled.
 
-### Other Anti-Spam-Services
+!!! example "Switch to Rspamd"
 
-DMS packs other anti-spam services, like SpamAssassin or Amavis, next to Rspamd. There exist services, like ClamAV (`ENABLE_CLAMAV`), that Rspamd can utilize to improve the scanning. Except for ClamAV, we recommend disabling **all other** anti-spam services when using Rspamd. The [basic configuration shown below](#a-very-basic-configuration) provides a good starting point.
+    To use Rspamd add the following ENV config changes:
+    
+    ```env
+    ENABLE_RSPAMD=1
+    
+    # Rspamd replaces the functionality of all these anti-spam services, disable them:
+    ENABLE_OPENDKIM=0
+    ENABLE_OPENDMARC=0
+    ENABLE_POLICYD_SPF=0
+    ENABLE_AMAVIS=0
+    ENABLE_SPAMASSASSIN=0
+    # Greylisting is opt-in, if you had enabled Postgrey switch to the Rspamd equivalent:
+    ENABLE_POSTGREY=0
+    RSPAMD_GREYLISTING=1
+    
+    # Optional: Add anti-virus support with ClamAV (compatible with Rspamd):
+    ENABLE_CLAMAV=1
+    ```
+
+!!! info "Relevant Environment Variables"
+
+    The following environment variables are related to Rspamd:
+    
+    1. [`ENABLE_RSPAMD`](../environment.md#enable_rspamd)
+    2. [`ENABLE_RSPAMD_REDIS`](../environment.md#enable_rspamd_redis)
+    3. [`RSPAMD_CHECK_AUTHENTICATED`](../environment.md#rspamd_check_authenticated)
+    4. [`RSPAMD_GREYLISTING`](../environment.md#rspamd_greylisting)
+    5. [`RSPAMD_HFILTER`](../environment.md#rspamd_hfilter)
+    6. [`RSPAMD_HFILTER_HOSTNAME_UNKNOWN_SCORE`](../environment.md#rspamd_hfilter_hostname_unknown_score)
+    7. [`RSPAMD_LEARN`](../environment.md#rspamd_learn)
+    8. [`SPAM_SUBJECT`](../environment.md#spam_subject)
+    9. [`MOVE_SPAM_TO_JUNK`][docs::spam-to-junk]
+    10. [`MARK_SPAM_AS_READ`](../environment.md#mark_spam_as_read)
+
+## Overview of Rspamd support
 
 ### Mode of Operation
 
-!!! tip "Attention"
+!!! note "Attention"
 
     Read this section carefully if you want to understand how Rspamd is integrated into DMS and how it works (on a surface level).
 
@@ -79,13 +105,16 @@ DMS does not set a default password for the controller worker. You may want to d
 When Rspamd is enabled, we implicitly also start an instance of Redis in the container:
 
 - Redis is configured to persist its data via RDB snapshots to disk in the directory `/var/lib/redis` (_or the [`/var/mail-state/`][docs::dms-volumes-state] volume when present_).
-- With the volume mount, the snapshot will restore the Redis data across container restarts, and provide a way to keep backup.
+- With the volume mount, the snapshot will restore the Redis data across container updates, and provide a way to keep a backup.
+- Without a volume mount a containers internal state will persist across restarts until the container is recreated due to changes like ENV or upgrading the image for the container.
 
 Redis uses `/etc/redis/redis.conf` for configuration:
 
 - We adjust this file when enabling the internal Redis service.
 - If you have an external instance of Redis to use, the internal Redis service can be opt-out via setting the ENV [`ENABLE_RSPAMD_REDIS=0`][docs::env::enable-redis] (_link also details required changes to the DMS Rspamd config_).
 
+If you are interested in using Valkey instead of Redis, please refer to [this guidance][gh-dms::guide::valkey].
+
 ### Web Interface
 
 Rspamd provides a [web interface][rspamd-docs::web-ui], which contains statistics and data Rspamd collects. The interface is enabled by default and reachable on port 11334.
@@ -96,7 +125,7 @@ To use the web interface you will need to configure a password, [otherwise you w
 
 ??? example "Set a custom password"
 
-    Add this line to [your rspamd `custom-commands.conf` config](#with-the-help-of-a-custom-file) which sets the `password` option of the _controller worker_:
+    Add this line to [your Rspamd `custom-commands.conf` config](#with-the-help-of-a-custom-file) which sets the `password` option of the _controller worker_:
 
     ```
     set-option-for-controller password "your hashed password here"
@@ -108,9 +137,13 @@ To use the web interface you will need to configure a password, [otherwise you w
     docker exec -it <CONTAINER_NAME> rspamadm pw
     ```
 
+    ---
+
+    **Related:** A minimal Rspamd `compose.yaml` [example with a reverse-proxy for web access][gh-dms::guide::rspamd-web].
+
 ### DNS
 
-DMS does not supply custom values for DNS servers (to Rspamd). If you need to use custom DNS servers, which could be required when using [DNS-based deny/allowlists](#rbls-real-time-blacklists-dnsbls-dns-based-blacklists), you need to adjust [`options.inc`][rspamd-docs::basic-options] yourself. Make sure to also read our [FAQ page on DNS servers][docs::faq::dns-servers].
+DMS does not supply custom values for DNS servers (to Rspamd). If you need to use custom DNS servers, which could be required when using [DNS-based deny/allowlists](#rbls-real-time-blacklists-dnsbls-dns-based-blacklists), you need to adjust [`options.inc`][rspamd-docs::config::global] yourself. Make sure to also read our [FAQ page on DNS servers][docs::faq::dns-servers].
 
 !!! warning
 
@@ -142,7 +175,7 @@ You can choose to enable ClamAV, and Rspamd will then use it to check for viruse
 
 #### RBLs (Real-time Blacklists) / DNSBLs (DNS-based Blacklists)
 
-The [RBL module][rspamd-docs::modules::rbl] is enabled by default. As a consequence, Rspamd will perform DNS lookups to various blacklists. Whether an RBL or a DNSBL is queried depends on where the domain name was obtained: RBL servers are queried with IP addresses extracted from message headers, DNSBL server are queried with domains and IP addresses extracted from the message body \[[source][www::rbl-vs-dnsbl]\].
+The [RBL module][rspamd-docs::modules::rbl] is enabled by default. As a consequence, Rspamd will perform DNS lookups to various blacklists. Whether an RBL or a DNSBL is queried depends on where the domain name was obtained: RBL servers are queried with IP addresses extracted from message headers, DNSBL server are queried with domains and IP addresses extracted from the message body ([source][www::rbl-vs-dnsbl]).
 
 !!! danger "Rspamd and DNS Block Lists"
 
@@ -152,106 +185,141 @@ The [RBL module][rspamd-docs::modules::rbl] is enabled by default. As a conseque
 
 ## Providing Custom Settings & Overriding Settings
 
-DMS brings sane default settings for Rspamd. They are located at `/etc/rspamd/local.d/` inside the container (or `target/rspamd/local.d/` in the repository).
+!!! info "Rspamd config overriding precedence"
 
-### Manually
+    Rspamd has a layered approach for configuration with [`local.d` and `override.d` config directories][rspamd-docs::config-directories].
 
-!!! question "What is [`docker-data/dms/config/`][docs::dms-volumes-config]?"
+    - DMS [extends the Rspamd default configs via `/etc/rspamd/local.d/`][dms-repo::default-rspamd-configuration].
+    - User config changes should be handled separately as overrides via the [DMS Config Volume][docs::dms-volumes-config] (`docker-data/dms/config/`) with either:
+        - `./rspamd/override.d/` - Config files placed here are copied to `/etc/rspamd/override.d/` during container startup.
+        - [`./rspamd/custom-commands.conf`](#with-the-help-of-a-custom-file) - Applied after copying any provided configs from `rspamd/override.d/` (DMS Config volume) to `/etc/rspamd/override.d/`.
 
-If you want to overwrite the default settings or provide your settings, you can place files at `docker-data/dms/config/rspamd/override.d/`. Files from this directory are copied to `/etc/rspamd/override.d/` during startup. These files [forcibly override][rspamd-docs::override-dir] Rspamd and DMS default settings.
+!!! abstract "Reference docs for Rspamd config"
 
-!!! question "What is the [`local.d` directory and how does it compare to `override.d`][rspamd-docs::config-directories]?"
+    - [Config Overview][rspamd-docs::config::overview], [Quickstart guide][rspamd-docs::config::quickstart], and [Config Syntax (UCL)][rspamd-docs::config::ucl-syntax]
+    - Global Options ([`options.inc`][rspamd-docs::config::global])
+    - [Workers][rspamd-docs::config::workers] ([`worker-controller.inc`][rspamd-docs::config::worker-controller], [`worker-proxy.inc`][rspamd-docs::config::worker-proxy])
+    - [Modules][rspamd-docs::modules] (_view each module page for their specific config options_)
 
-!!! warning "Clashing Overrides"
+!!! tip "View rendered config"
 
-    Note that when also [using the `custom-commands.conf` file](#with-the-help-of-a-custom-file), files in `override.d` may be overwritten in case you adjust them manually and with the help of the file.
+    `rspamadm configdump` will output the full rspamd configuration that is used should you need it for troubleshooting / inspection.
 
-### With the Help of a Custom File
+    - You can also see which modules are enabled / disabled via `rspamadm configdump --modules-state`
+    - Specific config sections like `dkim` or `worker` can also be used to filter the output to just those sections: `rspamadm configdump dkim worker`
+    - Use `--show-help` to include inline documentation for many settings.
 
-DMS provides the ability to do simple adjustments to Rspamd modules with the help of a single file. Just place a file called `custom-commands.conf` into `docker-data/dms/config/rspamd/`. If this file is present, DMS will evaluate it. The structure is simple, as each line in the file looks like this:
+### Using `custom-commands.conf` { #with-the-help-of-a-custom-file }
 
-```txt
-COMMAND ARGUMENT1 ARGUMENT2 ARGUMENT3
-```
+For convenience DMS provides a single config file that will directly create or modify multiple configs at `/etc/rspamd/override.d/`. This is handled as the final rspamd configuration step during container startup.
 
-where `COMMAND` can be:
+DMS will apply this config when you provide `rspamd/custom-commands.conf` in your DMS Config volume. Configure it with directive lines as documented below.
 
-1. `disable-module`: disables the module with name `ARGUMENT1`
-2. `enable-module`: explicitly enables the module with name `ARGUMENT1`
-3. `set-option-for-module`: sets the value for option `ARGUMENT2` to `ARGUMENT3` inside module `ARGUMENT1`
-4. `set-option-for-controller`: set the value of option `ARGUMENT1` to `ARGUMENT2` for the controller worker
-5. `set-option-for-proxy`: set the value of option `ARGUMENT1` to `ARGUMENT2` for the proxy worker
-6. `set-common-option`: set the option `ARGUMENT1` that [defines basic Rspamd behavior][rspamd-docs::basic-options] to value `ARGUMENT2`
-7. `add-line`: this will add the complete line after `ARGUMENT1` (with all characters) to the file `/etc/rspamd/override.d/<ARGUMENT1>`
+!!! note "Only use this feature for `option = value` changes"
 
-!!! example "An Example Is [Shown Down Below](#adjusting-and-extending-the-very-basic-configuration)"
+    `custom-commands.conf` is only suitable for adding or replacing simple `option = value` settings for configs at `/etc/rspamd/override.d/`.
+  
+    - New settings are appended to the associated config file.
+    - When replacing an existing setting in an override config, that setting may be any matching line (_allowing for nested scopes, instead of only top-level keys_).
+  
+    Any changes involving more advanced [UCL config syntax][rspamd-docs::config::ucl-syntax] should instead add UCL config files directly to `rspamd/override.d/` (_in the DMS Config volume_).
 
-!!! note "File Names & Extensions"
+!!! info "`custom-commands.conf` syntax"
 
-    For command 1 - 3, we append the `.conf` suffix to the module name to get the correct file name automatically. For commands 4 - 6, the file name is fixed (you don't even need to provide it). For command 7, you will need to provide the whole file name (including the suffix) yourself!
+    There are 7 directives available to manage custom Rspamd configurations. Add these directive lines into `custom-commands.conf`, they will be processed sequentially.
 
-You can also have comments (the line starts with `#`) and blank lines in `custom-commands.conf` - they are properly handled and not evaluated.
+    **Directives:**
 
-!!! tip "Adjusting Modules This Way"
+    ```txt
+    # For /etc/rspamd/override.d/{options.inc,worker-controller.inc,worker-proxy}.inc
+    set-common-option         <OPTION NAME> <OPTION VALUE>
+    set-option-for-controller <OPTION NAME> <OPTION VALUE>
+    set-option-for-proxy      <OPTION NAME> <OPTION VALUE>
 
-    These simple commands are meant to give users the ability to _easily_ alter modules and their options. As a consequence, they are not powerful enough to enable multi-line adjustments. If you need to do something more complex, we advise to do that [manually](#manually)!
+    # For /etc/rspamd/override.d/<MODULE NAME>.conf
+    enable-module         <MODULE NAME>
+    disable-module        <MODULE NAME>
+    set-option-for-module <MODULE NAME> <OPTION NAME> <OPTION VALUE>
 
-## Examples & Advanced Configuration
+    # For /etc/rspamd/override.d/<FILENAME>
+    add-line <FILENAME> <CONTENT>
+    ```
 
-### A Very Basic Configuration
+    **Syntax:**
 
-Do you want to start using Rspamd? Rspamd is disabled by default, so you need to set the following environment variables:
+    - Blank lines are ok.
+    - `#` at the start of a line represents a comment for adding notes.
+    - `<OPTION VALUE>` and `<CONTENT>` will contain the remaining content of their line, any preceding inputs are delimited by white-space.
 
-```env
-ENABLE_RSPAMD=1
-# ClamAV is compatible with Rspamd. Optionally enable it for anti-virus support:
-ENABLE_CLAMAV=1
+    ---
 
-# Rspamd replaces the functionality of all these anti-spam services, disable them:
-ENABLE_OPENDKIM=0
-ENABLE_OPENDMARC=0
-ENABLE_POLICYD_SPF=0
-ENABLE_AMAVIS=0
-ENABLE_SPAMASSASSIN=0
+    ??? note "`<MODULE NAME>` can also target non-module configs"
 
-# Provided you've set `RSPAMD_GREYLISTING=1`, also disable Postgrey:
-ENABLE_POSTGREY=0
-```
+        An example is the `statistics` module, which has config to import a separate file (`classifier-bayes.conf`) for easier overrides to this section of the module config.
 
-This will enable Rspamd and disable services you don't need when using Rspamd.
+??? example
 
-### Adjusting and Extending The Very Basic Configuration
-
-Rspamd is running, but you want or need to adjust it? First, create a file named `custom-commands.conf` under `docker-data/dms/config/rspamd` (which translates to `/tmp/docker-mailserver/rspamd/` inside the container). Then add your changes:
-
-1. Say you want to be able to easily look at the frontend Rspamd provides on port 11334 (default) without the need to enter a password (maybe because you already provide authorization and authentication). You will have to adjust the controller worker: `set-option-for-controller secure_ip "0.0.0.0/0"`.
-2. Do you additionally want to enable the auto-spam-learning for the Bayes module? No problem: `set-option-for-module classifier-bayes autolearn true`.
-3. But the chartable module gets on your nerves? Easy: `disable-module chartable`.
-
-??? example "What Does the Result Look Like?"
-    Here is what the file looks like in the end:
-
-    ```bash
-    # See 1.
-    # ATTENTION: this disables authentication on the website - make sure you know what you're doing!
+    ```conf title="rspamd/custom-commands.conf"
+    # If you're confident you've properly secured access to the rspamd web service/API (Default port: 11334)
+    # with your own auth layer (eg: reverse-proxy) you can bypass rspamd requiring credentials:
+    # https://rspamd.com/doc/workers/controller.html#controller-configuration
     set-option-for-controller secure_ip "0.0.0.0/0"
 
-    # See 2.
+    # Some settings aren't documented well, you may find them in snippets or Rspamds default config files:
+    # https://rspamd.com/doc/tutorials/quickstart.html#using-of-milter-protocol-for-rspamd--16
+    # /etc/rspamd/worker-proxy.inc
+    set-option-for-proxy reject_message "Rejected - Detected as spam"
+
+    # Equivalent to the previous example, but `add-line` is more verbose:
+    add-line worker-proxy.inc reject_message = "Rejected - Detected as spam"
+
+    # Enable Bayes auto-learning feature to classify spam based on Rspamd action/score results:
+    # NOTE: The statistics module imports a separate file for classifier-bayes config
+    # https://rspamd.com/doc/configuration/statistic.html#autolearning
     set-option-for-module classifier-bayes autolearn true
 
-    # See 3.
+    # Disable the `chartable` module:
+    # https://rspamd.com/doc/modules/chartable.html
     disable-module chartable
     ```
 
+## Advanced Configuration
+
 ### DKIM Signing
 
 There is a dedicated [section for setting up DKIM with Rspamd in our documentation][docs::dkim-with-rspamd].
 
+### ARC (Authenticated Received Chain)
+
+[ARC][wikipedia::arc] support in DMS is opt-in via config file. [Enable the ARC Rspamd module][rspamd-docs::arc] by creating a config file at `docker-data/dms/config/rspamd/override.d/arc.conf`.
+
+!!! example
+
+    For each mail domain you have DMS manage, add the equivalent `example.com` sub-section to `domain` and adjust the `path` + `selector` fields as necessary.
+
+    ```conf title="rspamd/override.d/arc.conf"
+    sign_local = true;
+    sign_authenticated = true;
+
+    domain {
+        example.com {
+            path = "/tmp/docker-mailserver/rspamd/dkim/rsa-2048-mail-example.private.txt";
+            selector = "mail";
+        }
+    }
+    ```
+
+!!! tip "Using a common keypair"
+
+    As with DKIM, the keypair can be shared across your configured domains.
+
+    Your ARC config can share the same DKIM private key + selector (_with associated DNS record for the public key_).
+
 ### _Abusix_ Integration
 
 This subsection provides information about the integration of [Abusix][abusix-web], "a set of blocklists that work as an additional email security layer for your existing mail environment". The setup is straight-forward and well documented:
 
-1. [Create an account](https://app.abusix.com/signup)
+1. [Create an account][abusix-web::register]
 2. Retrieve your API key
 3. Navigate to the ["Getting Started" documentation for Rspamd][abusix-docs::rspamd-integration] and follow the steps described there
 4. Make sure to change `<APIKEY>` to your private API key
@@ -267,17 +335,28 @@ While _Abusix_ can be integrated into Postfix, Postscreen and a multitude of oth
 [rspamd-docs::web-ui::password]: https://www.rspamd.com/doc/tutorials/quickstart.html#setting-the-controller-password
 [rspamd-docs::modules]: https://rspamd.com/doc/modules/
 [rspamd-docs::modules::rbl]: https://rspamd.com/doc/modules/rbl.html
-[rspamd-docs::override-dir]: https://www.rspamd.com/doc/faq.html#what-are-the-locald-and-overrided-directories
 [rspamd-docs::config-directories]: https://rspamd.com/doc/faq.html#what-are-the-locald-and-overrided-directories
-[rspamd-docs::basic-options]: https://rspamd.com/doc/configuration/options.html
+[rspamd-docs::config::ucl-syntax]: https://rspamd.com/doc/configuration/ucl.html
+[rspamd-docs::config::overview]: https://rspamd.com/doc/configuration/index.html
+[rspamd-docs::config::quickstart]: https://rspamd.com/doc/tutorials/quickstart.html#configuring-rspamd
+[rspamd-docs::config::global]: https://rspamd.com/doc/configuration/options.html
+[rspamd-docs::config::workers]: https://rspamd.com/doc/workers/
+[rspamd-docs::config::worker-controller]: https://rspamd.com/doc/workers/controller.html
+[rspamd-docs::config::worker-proxy]: https://rspamd.com/doc/workers/rspamd_proxy.html
 
-[www::rbl-vs-dnsbl]: https://forum.eset.com/topic/25277-dnsbl-vs-rbl-mail-security/?do=findComment&comment=119818
+[wikipedia::arc]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Authenticated_Received_Chain
+[rspamd-docs::arc]: https://rspamd.com/doc/modules/arc.html
+
+[www::rbl-vs-dnsbl]: https://forum.eset.com/topic/25277-dnsbl-vs-rbl-mail-security/#comment-119818
 [abusix-web]: https://abusix.com/
+[abusix-web::register]: https://app.abusix.com/
 [abusix-docs::rspamd-integration]: https://abusix.com/docs/rspamd/
 [spamhaus::faq::dnsbl-usage]: https://www.spamhaus.org/faq/section/DNSBL%20Usage#365
 
-[dms-repo::rspamd-actions-config]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/blob/v14.0.0/target/rspamd/local.d/actions.conf
-[dms-repo::default-rspamd-configuration]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/tree/v14.0.0/target/rspamd
+[dms-repo::rspamd-actions-config]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/tree/v15.0.0/target/rspamd/local.d/actions.conf
+[dms-repo::default-rspamd-configuration]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/tree/v15.0.0/target/rspamd
+[gh-dms::guide::valkey]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/issues/4001#issuecomment-2652596692
+[gh-dms::guide::rspamd-web]: https://github.com/orgs/docker-mailserver/discussions/4269#discussioncomment-11329588
 
 [docs::env::enable-redis]: ../environment.md#enable_rspamd_redis
 [docs::spam-to-junk]: ../environment.md#move_spam_to_junk

docs/content/config/security/ssl.md

@@ -6,14 +6,14 @@ There are multiple options to enable SSL (via [`SSL_TYPE`][docs-env::ssl-type]):
 
 - Using [letsencrypt](#lets-encrypt-recommended) (recommended)
 - Using [Caddy](#caddy)
-- Using [Traefik](#traefik-v2)
+- Using [Traefik](#traefik)
 - Using [self-signed certificates](#self-signed-certificates)
 - Using [your own certificates](#bring-your-own-certificates)
 
 After installation, you can test your setup with:
 
 - [`checktls.com`](https://www.checktls.com/TestReceiver)
-- [`testssl.sh`](https://github.com/drwetter/testssl.sh)
+- [`testssl.sh`](https://github.com/testssl/testssl.sh)
 
 !!! warning "Exposure of DNS labels through Certificate Transparency"
 
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ After completing the steps above, your certificate should be ready to use.
         image: certbot/dns-cloudflare:latest
         command: renew --dns-cloudflare --dns-cloudflare-credentials /run/secrets/cloudflare-api-token
         volumes:
-          - ./docker-data/certbot/certs/:/etc/letsencrtypt/
+          - ./docker-data/certbot/certs/:/etc/letsencrypt/
           - ./docker-data/certbot/logs/:/var/log/letsencrypt/
         secrets:
           - cloudflare-api-token
@@ -485,6 +485,8 @@ DSM-generated letsencrypt certificates get auto-renewed every three months.
 
 !!! example
 
+    While DMS does not need a webserver to work, this workaround will provision a TLS certificate for DMS to use by adding a dummy site block to trigger cert provisioning.
+
     ```yaml title="compose.yaml"
     services:
       # Basic Caddy service to provision certs:
@@ -510,9 +512,12 @@ DSM-generated letsencrypt certificates get auto-renewed every three months.
           - ${CADDY_DATA_DIR}/certificates/acme-v02.api.letsencrypt.org-directory/mail.example.com/mail.example.com.key:/etc/letsencrypt/live/mail.example.com/privkey.pem
     ```
 
+    An explicit entry in your `Caddyfile` config will have Caddy provision and renew a certificate for your DMS FQDN:
+
     ```caddyfile title="Caddyfile"
     mail.example.com {
-      tls internal {
+      # Optionally provision RSA 2048-bit certificate instead of ECDSA P-256:
+      tls {
         key_type rsa2048
       }
 
@@ -522,10 +527,12 @@ DSM-generated letsencrypt certificates get auto-renewed every three months.
     }
     ```
 
-    While DMS does not need a webserver to work, this workaround will provision a TLS certificate for DMS to use.
+    !!! info
 
-    - [`tls internal`][caddy-docs::tls-internal] will create a local self-signed cert for testing. This targets only the site-address, unlike the global `local_certs` option.
-    - [`key_type`][caddy-docs::key-type] can be used in the `tls` block if you need to enforce RSA as the key type for certificates provisioned. The default is currently ECDSA (P-256).
+        An explicit `tls` directive affects only the site-address block it's used in:
+
+        - Use [`tls internal { ... }`][caddy-docs::tls-internal] if wanting to create a local self-signed cert, which may be useful for testing. This allows opt-in to use self-signed certs unlike the global `local_certs` option.
+        - [`key_type`][caddy-docs::key-type] can be used in the `tls` block if you need to enforce RSA as the key type for certificates provisioned. The default is currently ECDSA (P-256). This may improve compatibility with legacy clients.
 
 ??? example "With `caddy-docker-proxy`"
 
@@ -558,19 +565,36 @@ DSM-generated letsencrypt certificates get auto-renewed every three months.
         labels:
           # Set your DMS FQDN here to add the site-address into the generated Caddyfile:
           caddy_0: mail.example.com
-          # Add a dummy directive is required:
+          # Adding a dummy directive is required:
           caddy_0.respond: "Hello DMS"
-          # Uncomment to make a proxy for Rspamd
+          # Uncomment to make a proxy for Rspamd:
           # caddy_1: rspamd.example.com
           # caddy_1.reverse_proxy: "{{upstreams 11334}}"
     ```
 
 !!! warning "Caddy certificate location varies"
 
-    The path contains the certificate provisioner used. This path may be different from the example above for you and may change over time when multiple provisioner services are used][dms-pr-feedback::caddy-provisioning-gotcha].
+    The path contains the certificate provisioner used. This path may be different from the example above for you and may change over time when [multiple ACME provisioner services are used][dms-pr-feedback::caddy-provisioning-gotcha].
 
     This can make the volume mounting for DMS to find the certificates non-deterministic, but you can [restrict provisioning to single service via the `acme_ca` setting][caddy::restrict-acme-provisioner].
 
+    ---
+
+    **NOTE:** Bind mounting a file directly instead of a directory will mount by inode. If the file is updated at renewal and this modifies the inode on the host system, then the container will still point to the old certificate.
+
+    If this happens, consider using our manual TLS type instead:
+
+    ```yaml title="compose.yaml"
+    services:
+      mailserver:
+        environment:
+          SSL_TYPE: manual
+          SSL_CERT_PATH: /srv/tls/mail.example.com/mail.example.com.crt
+          SSL_KEY_PATH: /srv/tls/mail.example.com/mail.example.com.key
+        volumes:
+          - ${CADDY_DATA_DIR}/certificates/acme-v02.api.letsencrypt.org-directory/mail.example.com/:/srv/tls/mail.example.com/:ro
+    ```
+
 ### Traefik
 
 [Traefik][traefik::github] is an open-source application proxy using the [ACME protocol][ietf::rfc::acme]. Traefik can request certificates for domains and subdomains, and it will take care of renewals, challenge negotiations, etc.
@@ -583,7 +607,7 @@ This setup only comes with one caveat - The domain has to be configured on anoth
 
 ???+ example "Example Code"
 
-    Here is an example setup for [`docker-compose`](https://docs.docker.com/compose/):
+    Here is an example setup for [`Docker Compose`](https://docs.docker.com/compose/):
 
     ```yaml
     services:

docs/content/config/security/understanding-the-ports.md

@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Unlike with HTTP where a web browser client communicates directly with the serve
 
 Other machines that facilitate a connection that generally aren't taken into account can exist between a client and server, such as those where your connection passes through your ISP provider are capable of compromising a `cleartext` connection through interception.
 
-[docs-accounts]: ../user-management.md#accounts
+[docs-accounts]: ../account-management/overview.md#accounts
 [docs-relays]: ../advanced/mail-forwarding/relay-hosts.md
 [iana-services-465]: https://www.iana.org/assignments/service-names-port-numbers/service-names-port-numbers.xhtml?search=465
 [starttls-policy-list]: https://github.com/EFForg/starttls-everywhere#email-security-database-starttls-policy-list

docs/content/config/user-management.md

@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-# User Management
-
-## Accounts
-
-Users (email accounts) are managed in `/tmp/docker-mailserver/postfix-accounts.cf`. The best way to manage accounts is to use the reliable `setup` command inside the container. Just run `docker exec <CONTAINER NAME> setup help` and have a look at the section about subcommands, specifically the `email` subcommand.
-
-### Adding a new Account
-
-#### Via `setup` inside the container
-
-You can add an account by running `docker exec -ti <CONTAINER NAME> setup email add <NEW ADDRESS>`. This method is strongly preferred.
-
-#### Manually
-
-!!! warning
-
-    This method is discouraged!
-
-Alternatively, you may directly add the full email address and its encrypted password, separated by a pipe. To generate a new mail account data, directly from your host, you could for example run the following:
-
-```sh
-docker run --rm -it                                      \
-  --env MAIL_USER=user1@example.com                      \
-  --env MAIL_PASS=mypassword                             \
-  ghcr.io/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver:latest     \
-  /bin/bash -c \
-    'echo "${MAIL_USER}|$(doveadm pw -s SHA512-CRYPT -u ${MAIL_USER} -p ${MAIL_PASS})" >>docker-data/dms/config/postfix-accounts.cf'
-```
-
-You will then be asked for a password, and be given back the data for a new account entry, as text. To actually _add_ this new account, just copy all the output text in `docker-data/dms/config/postfix-accounts.cf` file of your running container.
-
-The result could look like this:
-
-```cf
-user1@example.com|{SHA512-CRYPT}$6$2YpW1nYtPBs2yLYS$z.5PGH1OEzsHHNhl3gJrc3D.YMZkvKw/vp.r5WIiwya6z7P/CQ9GDEJDr2G2V0cAfjDFeAQPUoopsuWPXLk3u1
-```
-
-### Quotas
-
-- `imap-quota` is enabled and allow clients to query their mailbox usage.
-- When the mailbox is deleted, the quota directive is deleted as well.
-- Dovecot quotas support LDAP, **but it's not implemented** (_PRs are welcome!_).
-
-## Aliases
-
-The best way to manage aliases is to use the reliable `setup` script inside the container. Just run `docker exec <CONTAINER NAME> setup help` and have a look at the section about subcommands, specifically the `alias`-subcommand.
-
-### About
-
-You may read [Postfix's documentation on virtual aliases][postfix-docs-alias] first. Aliases are managed in `/tmp/docker-mailserver/postfix-virtual.cf`. An alias is a full email address that will either be:
-
-- delivered to an existing account registered in `/tmp/docker-mailserver/postfix-accounts.cf`
-- redirected to one or more other email addresses
-
-Alias and target are space separated. An example on a server with `example.com` as its domain:
-
-```cf
-# Alias delivered to an existing account
-alias1@example.com user1@example.com
-
-# Alias forwarded to an external email address
-alias2@example.com external-account@gmail.com
-```
-
-### Configuring RegExp Aliases
-
-Additional regexp aliases can be configured by placing them into `docker-data/dms/config/postfix-regexp.cf`. The regexp aliases get evaluated after the virtual aliases (container path: `/tmp/docker-mailserver/postfix-virtual.cf`). For example, the following `docker-data/dms/config/postfix-regexp.cf` causes all email sent to "test" users to be delivered to `qa@example.com` instead:
-
-```cf
-/^test[0-9][0-9]*@example.com/ qa@example.com
-```
-
-### Address Tags (Extension Delimiters) as an alternative to Aliases
-
-Postfix supports so-called address tags, in the form of plus (+) tags - i.e. `address+tag@example.com` will end up at `address@example.com`. This is configured by default and the (configurable!) separator is set to `+`. For more info, see [Postfix's official documentation][postfix-docs-extension-delimiters].
-
-!!! note
-
-    If you do decide to change the configurable separator, you must add the same line to *both* `docker-data/dms/config/postfix-main.cf` and `docker-data/dms/config/dovecot.cf`, because Dovecot is acting as the delivery agent. For example, to switch to `-`, add:
-
-    ```cf
-    recipient_delimiter = -
-    ```
-
-[postfix-docs-alias]: http://www.postfix.org/VIRTUAL_README.html#virtual_alias
-[postfix-docs-extension-delimiters]: http://www.postfix.org/postconf.5.html#recipient_delimiter

docs/content/contributing/general.md

@@ -15,13 +15,20 @@ When refactoring, writing or altering scripts or other files, adhere to these ru
 
 Make sure to select `edge` in the dropdown menu at the top. Navigate to the page you would like to edit and click the edit button in the top right. This allows you to make changes and create a pull-request.
 
-Alternatively you can make the changes locally. For that you'll need to have Docker installed. Navigate into the `docs/` directory. Then run:
+Alternatively you can make the changes locally. For that you'll need to have Docker installed and run:
 
 ```sh
-docker run --rm -it -p 8000:8000 -v "${PWD}:/docs" squidfunk/mkdocs-material
+# From the root directory of the git clone:
+docker run --rm -it -p 8000:8000 -v "./docs:/docs" squidfunk/mkdocs-material
 ```
 
 This serves the documentation on your local machine on port `8000`. Each change will be hot-reloaded onto the page you view, just edit, save and look at the result.
 
+!!! note
+
+    The container logs will inform you of invalid links detected, but a [few are false-positives][gh-dms::mkdocs-link-error-false-positives] due to our usage of linking to specific [content tabs][mkdocs::content-tabs].
+
 [get-docker]: https://docs.docker.com/get-docker/
 [docs-bats-parallel]: https://bats-core.readthedocs.io/en/v1.8.2/usage.html#parallel-execution
+[gh-dms::mkdocs-link-error-false-positives]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4366
+[mkdocs::content-tabs]: https://squidfunk.github.io/mkdocs-material/reference/content-tabs/#anchor-links

docs/content/contributing/issues-and-pull-requests.md

@@ -45,15 +45,15 @@ The development workflow is the following:
 1. Fork the project and clone your fork with `git clone --recurse-submodules ...` or run `git submodule update --init --recursive` after you cloned your fork
 2. Write the code that is needed :D
 3. Add integration tests if necessary
-4. [Prepare your environment and run linting and tests][docs-general-tests]
-5. Document your improvements if necessary (e.g. if you introduced new environment variables, describe those in the [ENV documentation][docs-environment]) and add your changes the changelog under the "Unreleased" section
+4. [Prepare your environment and run linting and tests][docs::contributing::tests]
+5. Document your improvements if necessary (e.g. if you introduced new environment variables, describe those in the [ENV documentation][docs::env]) and add your changes the changelog under the "Unreleased" section
 6. [Commit][commit] (and [sign your commit][gpg]), push and create a pull-request to merge into `master`. Please **use the pull-request template** to provide a minimum of contextual information and make sure to meet the requirements of the checklist.
 
 Pull requests are automatically tested against the CI and will be reviewed when tests pass. When your changes are validated, your branch is merged. CI builds the new `:edge` image immediately and your changes will be includes in the next version release.
 
 [docs-latest]: https://docker-mailserver.github.io/docker-mailserver/latest
 [github-file-readme]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/blob/master/README.md
-[docs-environment]: ../config/environment.md
-[docs-general-tests]: ./general.md#tests
+[docs::env]: ../config/environment.md
+[docs::contributing::tests]: ./tests.md
 [commit]: https://help.github.com/articles/closing-issues-via-commit-messages/
 [gpg]: https://docs.github.com/en/github/authenticating-to-github/generating-a-new-gpg-key

docs/content/contributing/tests.md

@@ -35,6 +35,10 @@ There are many functions that aid in writing tests. **We urge you to use them!**
 
 We encourage you to try both of the approaches mentioned above. To make understanding and using the helper functions easy, every function contains detailed documentation comments. Read them carefully!
 
+!!! tip
+
+    If your test needs to add or create additional files, our helpers will [manage a disposable config directory per container][technical-guide::test-tmp-config] for you with the path stored in the `TEST_TMP_CONFIG` ENV (outside the container, `/tmp/docker-mailserver` within the container).
+
 ### How Are Tests Run?
 
 Tests are split into two categories:
@@ -141,3 +145,4 @@ $ make clean tests
 [testing-prs]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/blob/master/.github/workflows/test_merge_requests.yml
 [get-docker]: https://docs.docker.com/get-docker/
 [docs-bats-parallel]: https://bats-core.readthedocs.io/en/v1.8.2/usage.html#parallel-execution
+[technical-guide::test-tmp-config]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4359#issuecomment-2817591085

docs/content/examples/tutorials/docker-build.md

@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ We make use of build features that require a recent version of Docker. v23.0 or
 
 The `Dockerfile` includes several build [`ARG`][docker-docs::builder-arg] instructions that can be configured:
 
-- `DOVECOT_COMMUNITY_REPO`: Install Dovecot from the community repo instead of from Debian (default = 1) 
+- `DOVECOT_COMMUNITY_REPO`: Install Dovecot from the community repo instead of from Debian (default = 0) 
 - `DMS_RELEASE`: The image version (default = edge)
 - `VCS_REVISION`: The git commit hash used for the build (default = unknown)
 

docs/content/examples/tutorials/dovecot-solr.md

@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+# Dovecot Full Text Search (FTS) using the Solr Backend
+
+Dovecot supports several FTS backends for providing fast and efficient full text searching of e-mails directly from the IMAP server.
+
+As the size of your mail storage grows, the benefits of FTS are especially notable:
+
+- Without FTS, Dovecot would perform a search query by checking each individual email stored for a match, and then repeat this process again from scratch for the exact same query in future.
+- Some mail clients (_like Thunderbird_) may provide their own indexing and search features when all mail to search is stored locally, otherwise Dovecot needs to handle the search query (_for example webmail and mobile clients, like Gmail_).
+- FTS indexes each mail into a database for querying instead, where it can skip the cost of inspecting irrelevant emails for a query.
+
+!!! warning "This is a community contributed guide"
+
+    It extends [our official docs for Dovecot FTS][docs::dovecot::full-text-search] with a focus on Apache Solr. DMS does not officially support this integration.
+
+## Setup Solr for DMS
+
+An FTS backend supported by Dovecot is [Apache Solr][github-solr], a fast and efficient multi-purpose search indexer.
+
+### Add the required `dovecot-solr` package
+
+As the official DMS image does not provide `dovecot-solr`, you'll need to include the package in your own image (_extending a DMS release as a base image_), or via our [`user-patches.sh` feature][docs::user-patches]:
+
+<!-- This empty quote block is purely for a visual border -->
+!!! quote ""
+
+    === "`user-patches.sh`"
+
+        If you'd prefer to avoid a custom image build. This approach is simpler but with the caveat that any time the container is restarted, you'll have a delay as the package is installed each time.
+
+        ```bash
+        #!/bin/bash
+
+        apt-get update && apt-get install dovecot-solr
+        ```
+
+    === "`compose.yaml`"
+
+        A custom DMS image does not add much friction. You do not need a separate `Dockerfile` as Docker Compose supports building from an inline `Dockerfile` in your `compose.yaml`.
+
+        The `image` key of the service is swapped for the `build` key instead, as shown below:
+
+        ```yaml
+        services:
+          mailserver:
+            hostname: mail.example.com
+            # The `image` setting now represents the tag for the local build configured below:
+            image: local/dms:${DMS_TAG?Must set DMS image tag}
+            # Local build (no need to try pull `image` remotely):
+            pull_policy: build
+            # Add this `build` section to your real `compose.yaml` for your DMS service:
+            build:
+              dockerfile_inline: |
+                FROM docker.io/mailserver/docker-mailserver:${DMS_TAG?Must set DMS image tag}
+                RUN apt-get update && apt-get install dovecot-solr
+        ```
+
+        This approach only needs to install the package once with the image build itself which minimizes the delay of container startup.
+
+        - Just run `DMS_TAG='14.0' docker compose up` and it will pull the DMS image, then build your custom DMS image to run a new container instance.
+        - Updating to a new DMS release is straight-forward, just adjust the `DMS_TAG` ENV value or change the image tag directly in `compose.yaml` as you normally would to upgrade an image.
+        - If you make future changes to the `dockerfile_inline` that don't seem to be applied, you may need to force a rebuild with `DMS_TAG='14.0' docker compose up --build`.
+
+!!! note "Why doesn't DMS include `dovecot-solr`?"
+
+    This integration is not officially supported in DMS as no maintainer is able to provide troubleshooting support.
+
+    Prior to v14, the package was included but the community contributed guide had been outdated for several years that it was non-functional. It was decided that it was better to drop support and docs, however some DMS users voiced active use of Solr and it's benefits over Xapian for FTS which led to these revised docs.
+
+    **ARM64 builds do not have support for `dovecot-solr`**. Additionally the [user demand for including `dovecot-solr` is presently too low][gh-dms::feature-request::dovecot-solr-package] to justify vs the minimal effort to add additional packages as shown above.
+
+### `compose.yaml` config
+
+Firstly you need a working Solr container, for this the [official docker image][dockerhub-solr] will do:
+
+```yaml
+services:
+  solr:
+    image: solr:latest
+    container_name: dms-solr
+    environment:
+      # As Solr can be quite resource hungry, raise the memory limit to 2GB.
+      # The default is 512MB, which may be exhausted quickly.
+      SOLR_JAVA_MEM: "-Xms2g -Xmx2g"
+    volumes:
+      - ./docker-data/solr:/var/solr
+    restart: always
+```
+
+DMS will connect internally to the `solr` service above. Either have both services in the same `compose.yaml` file, or ensure that the containers are connected to the same docker network.
+
+### Configure Solr for Dovecot
+
+1. Once the Solr container is started, you need to configure a "Solr core" for Dovecot:
+
+    ```bash
+    docker exec -it dms-solr /bin/sh
+    solr create -c dovecot
+    cp -R /opt/solr/contrib/analysis-extras/lib /var/solr/data/dovecot
+    ```
+
+    Stop the `dms-solr` container and you should now have a `./data/dovecot` folder in the local bind mount volume.
+
+2. Solr needs a schema that is specifically tailored for Dovecot FTS.
+
+    As of writing of this guide, Solr 9 is the current release. [Dovecot provides the required schema configs][github-dovecot::core-docs] for Solr, copy the following two v9 config files to `./data/dovecot` and rename them accordingly:
+
+    - `solr-config-9.xml` (_rename to `solrconfig.xml`_)
+    - `solr-schema-9.xml` (_rename to `schema.xml`_)
+
+    Additionally, remove the `managed-schema.xml` file from `./data/dovecot` and ensure the two files you copied have a [UID and GID of `8983`][dockerfile-solr-uidgid] assigned.
+
+    Start the Solr container once again, you should now have a working Solr core specifically for Dovecot FTS.
+
+3. Configure Dovecot in DMS to connect to this Solr core:
+
+    Create a `10-plugin.conf` file in your `./config/dovecot` folder with this contents:
+
+    ```config
+    mail_plugins = $mail_plugins fts fts_solr
+
+    plugin {
+      fts = solr
+      fts_autoindex = yes
+      fts_solr = url=http://dms-solr:8983/solr/dovecot/
+    }
+    ```
+
+    Add a volume mount for that config to your DMS service in `compose.yaml`:
+
+    ```yaml
+    services:
+      mailserver:
+        volumes:
+          - ./docker-data/config/dovecot/10-plugin.conf:/etc/dovecot/conf.d/10-plugin.conf:ro
+    ```
+
+### Trigger Dovecot FTS indexing
+
+After following the previous steps, restart DMS and run this command to have Dovecot re-index all mail:
+
+```bash
+docker compose exec mailserver doveadm fts rescan -A
+```
+
+!!! info "Indexing will take a while depending on how large your mail folders"
+
+    Usually within 15 minutes or so, you should be able to search your mail using the Dovecot FTS feature! :tada:
+
+### Compatibility
+
+Since Solr 9.8.0 was released (Jan 2025), a breaking change [deprecates support for `<lib>` directives][solr::9.8::lib-directive] which is presently used by the Dovecot supplied Solr config (`solr-config-9.xml`) to automatically load additional jars required.
+
+To enable support for `<lib>` directives, add the following ENV to your `solr` container:
+
+```yaml
+services:
+  solr:
+    environment:
+      SOLR_CONFIG_LIB_ENABLED: true
+```
+
+!!! warning "Solr 10"
+
+    From the Solr 10 release onwards, this opt-in ENV will no longer be available.
+
+    If Dovecot has not updated their example Solr config ([upstream PR][dovecot::pr::solr-config-lib]), you will need to manually modify the Solr XML config to remove the `<lib>` directives and replace the suggested ENV `SOLR_CONFIG_LIB_ENABLED=true` with `SOLR_MODULES=analysis-extras`.
+
+[docs::user-patches]: ../../config/advanced/override-defaults/user-patches.md
+[docs::dovecot::full-text-search]: ../../config/advanced/full-text-search.md
+[gh-dms::feature-request::dovecot-solr-package]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/issues/4052
+
+[dockerhub-solr]: https://hub.docker.com/_/solr
+[dockerfile-solr-uidgid]: https://github.com/apache/solr-docker/blob/9cd850b72309de05169544395c83a85b329d6b86/9.6/Dockerfile#L89-L92
+[github-solr]: https://github.com/apache/solr
+[github-dovecot::core-docs]: https://github.com/dovecot/core/tree/main/doc
+
+[solr::9.8::lib-directive]: https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/SOLR-16781
+[dovecot::pr::solr-config-lib]: https://github.com/dovecot/core/pull/238

docs/content/examples/tutorials/mailserver-behind-proxy.md

@@ -114,15 +114,15 @@ The below guidance is focused on configuring [Traefik][traefik-web], but the adv
           # These are examples, configure the equivalent for any additional ports you proxy.
           # Explicit TLS (STARTTLS):
           - traefik.tcp.routers.mail-smtp.rule=HostSNI(`*`)
-          - traefik.tcp.routers.mail-smtp.entrypoints=smtp
-          - traefik.tcp.routers.mail-smtp.service=smtp
+          - traefik.tcp.routers.mail-smtp.entrypoints=mail-smtp
+          - traefik.tcp.routers.mail-smtp.service=mail-smtp
           - traefik.tcp.services.mail-smtp.loadbalancer.server.port=25
           - traefik.tcp.services.mail-smtp.loadbalancer.proxyProtocol.version=2
 
           # Implicit TLS is no different, except for optional HostSNI support:
           - traefik.tcp.routers.mail-submissions.rule=HostSNI(`*`)
-          - traefik.tcp.routers.mail-submissions.entrypoints=smtp-submissions
-          - traefik.tcp.routers.mail-submissions.service=smtp-submissions
+          - traefik.tcp.routers.mail-submissions.entrypoints=mail-submissions
+          - traefik.tcp.routers.mail-submissions.service=mail-submissions
           - traefik.tcp.services.mail-submissions.loadbalancer.server.port=465
           - traefik.tcp.services.mail-submissions.loadbalancer.proxyProtocol.version=2
           # NOTE: Optionally match by SNI rule, this requires TLS passthrough (not compatible with STARTTLS):
@@ -136,6 +136,8 @@ The below guidance is focused on configuring [Traefik][traefik-web], but the adv
 
         Postfix and Dovecot are both compatible with PROXY protocol v1 and v2.
 
+#### Ports
+
 ??? abstract "Technical Details - Ports (Traefik config)"
 
     !!! info "Explicit TLS (STARTTLS)"
@@ -255,8 +257,16 @@ The below guidance is focused on configuring [Traefik][traefik-web], but the adv
 
     # Create a variant for port 25 too (NOTE: Port 10025 is already assigned in DMS to Amavis):
     postconf -Mf smtp/inet | sed -e s/^smtp/12525/ >> /etc/postfix/master.cf
-    # Enable PROXY Protocol support (different setting as port 25 is handled via postscreen), optionally configure a `syslog_name` to distinguish in logs:
-    postconf -P 12525/inet/postscreen_upstream_proxy_protocol=haproxy 12525/inet/syslog_name=smtp-proxyprotocol
+    # Enable PROXY Protocol support:
+    # - Uses a different setting as port 25 is handled via the postscreen service
+    # - Optionally configure a `syslog_name` to distinguish in logs
+    postconf -P \
+      12525/inet/postscreen_upstream_proxy_protocol=haproxy \
+      12525/inet/syslog_name=postfix/smtpd-proxyprotocol
+
+    # Supporting port 25 with an additional PROXY protocol port (12525) will also require to
+    # share a postscreen cache between each running postscreen service via a `proxymap`:
+    postconf 'postscreen_cache_map = proxy:btree:$data_directory/postscreen_cache'
     ```
 
     ---
@@ -271,12 +281,12 @@ The below guidance is focused on configuring [Traefik][traefik-web], but the adv
     haproxy_trusted_networks = 172.16.42.2
 
     service imap-login {
-      inet_listener imap-proxied {
+      inet_listener imap-proxyprotocol {
         haproxy = yes
         port = 10143
       }
 
-      inet_listener imaps-proxied {
+      inet_listener imaps-proxyprotocol {
         haproxy = yes
         port = 10993
         ssl = yes
@@ -284,12 +294,12 @@ The below guidance is focused on configuring [Traefik][traefik-web], but the adv
     }
 
     service pop3-login {
-      inet_listener pop3-proxied {
+      inet_listener pop3-proxyprotocol {
         haproxy = yes
         port = 10110
       }
 
-      inet_listener pop3s-proxied {
+      inet_listener pop3s-proxyprotocol {
         haproxy = yes
         port = 10995
         ssl = yes
@@ -297,7 +307,7 @@ The below guidance is focused on configuring [Traefik][traefik-web], but the adv
     }
 
     service managesieve-login {
-      inet_listener sieve-proxied {
+      inet_listener sieve-proxyprotocol {
         haproxy = yes
         port = 14190
       }
@@ -380,7 +390,7 @@ While PROXY protocol works well with the reverse proxy, you may have some contai
 [docs::overrides::postfix]: ../../config/advanced/override-defaults/postfix.md
 [docs::overrides::user-patches]: ../../config/advanced/override-defaults/user-patches.md
 [docs::ipv6::security-risks]: ../../config/advanced/ipv6.md#what-can-go-wrong
-[docs::tls::traefik]: ../../config/security/ssl.md#traefik-v2
+[docs::tls::traefik]: ../../config/security/ssl.md#traefik
 [docs::env::permit_docker]: ../../config/environment.md#permit_docker
 [gh-dms::dns-rewrite-example]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/issues/3866#issuecomment-1928877236
 

docs/content/examples/use-cases/auth-lua.md

@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ If working with HTTP in Lua, setting `debug = true;` when initiating `dovecot.ht
 
 Note that Lua runs compiled bytecode, and that scripts will be compiled when they are initially started. Once compiled, the bytecode is cached and changes in the Lua script will not be processed automatically. Dovecot will reload its configuration and clear its cached Lua bytecode when running `docker exec CONTAINER_NAME dovecot reload`. A (changed) Lua script will be compiled to bytecode the next time it is executed after running the Dovecot reload command.
 
-[docs::auth-ldap]: ../../config/advanced/auth-ldap.md
+[docs::auth-ldap]: ../../config/account-management/provisioner/ldap.md
 [docs::dovecot-override-configuration]: ../../config/advanced/override-defaults/dovecot.md#override-configuration
 [docs::dovecot-add-configuration]: ../../config/advanced/override-defaults/dovecot.md#add-configuration
 [docs::faq-alter-running-dms-instance-without-container-relaunch]: ../../faq.md#how-to-alter-a-running-dms-instance-without-relaunching-the-container

docs/content/examples/use-cases/bind-smtp-network-interface.md

@@ -21,10 +21,6 @@ This can be configured by [overriding the default Postfix configurations][docs::
 In `postfix-main.cf` you'll have to set the [`smtp_bind_address`][postfix-docs::smtp-bind-address-ipv4] and [`smtp_bind_address6`][postfix-docs::smtp-bind-address-ipv6]
 to the respective IP-address on the server you want to use.
 
-[docs::overrides-postfix]: ../../config/advanced/override-defaults/postfix.md
-[postfix-docs::smtp-bind-address-ipv4]: https://www.postfix.org/postconf.5.html#smtp_bind_address
-[postfix-docs::smtp-bind-address-ipv6]: https://www.postfix.org/postconf.5.html#smtp_bind_address6
-
 !!! example
 
     === "Contributed solution"
@@ -55,14 +51,56 @@ to the respective IP-address on the server you want to use.
         ```
 
         If that avoids the concern with `smtp-amavis`, you may still need to additionally override for the [`relay` transport][gh-src::postfix-master-cf::relay-transport] as well if you have configured DMS to relay mail.
+        
+    === "Bridged Networks"
+    
+        When your DMS container is using a bridge network, you'll instead need to restrict which IP address inbound and outbound traffic is routed through via the bridged interface.
+        
+        For **inbound** traffic, you may configure this at whatever scope is most appropriate for you:
+
+        - **Daemon:** Change the [default bind address][inbound-ip::docker-docs::daemon] configured in `/etc/docker/daemon.json` (default `0.0.0.0`)
+        - **Network:** Assign the [`host_binding_ipv4` bridge driver option][inbound-ip::docker-docs::network] as shown in the below `compose.yaml` snippet.
+        - **Container:** Provide an explicit host IP address when [publishing a port][inbound-ip::docker-docs::container].
+        
+        For **outbound** traffic, the bridge network will use the default route. You can change this by either:
+
+        - [Manually routing networks][outbound-ip::route-manually] on the host.
+        - Use the [`host_ipv4` driver option][outbind-ip::host-ipv4] for Docker networks to force the SNAT (source IP) that the bridged network will route outbound traffic through.
+            - This IP address must belong to a network interface to be routed through it.
+            - IPv6 support via `host_ipv6` [requires at least Docker v25][outbind-ip::host-ipv6].
+
+        ---
+
+        Here is a `compose.yaml` snippet that applies the inbound + outbound settings to the default bridge network Docker Compose creates (_if it already exists, you will need to ensure it's re-created to apply the updated settings_):
+        
+        ```yaml title="compose.yaml"
+        networks:
+          default:
+            driver_opts:
+              # Inbound IP (sets the host IP that published ports receive traffic from):
+              com.docker.network.bridge.host_binding_ipv4: 198.51.100.42
+              # Outbound IP (sets the host IP that external hosts will receive connections from):
+              com.docker.network.host_ipv4: 198.51.100.42
+        ```
 
 !!! note "IP addresses for documentation"
 
-    IP addresses shown in above examples are placeholders, they are IP addresses reserved for documentation by IANA (_[RFC-5737 (IPv4)][rfc-5737] and [RFC-3849 (IPv6)][rfc-3849]_). Replace them with the IP addresses you want DMS to send mail through.
-    
+    IP addresses shown in above examples (`198.51.100.42` + `2001:DB8::42`) are placeholders, they are IP addresses reserved for documentation by IANA (_[RFC-5737 (IPv4)][rfc-5737] and [RFC-3849 (IPv6)][rfc-3849]_). Replace them with the IP addresses you want DMS to send mail through.
+
+[docs::overrides-postfix]: ../../config/advanced/override-defaults/postfix.md
+[postfix-docs::smtp-bind-address-ipv4]: https://www.postfix.org/postconf.5.html#smtp_bind_address
+[postfix-docs::smtp-bind-address-ipv6]: https://www.postfix.org/postconf.5.html#smtp_bind_address6
+
 [rfc-5737]: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc5737
 [rfc-3849]: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3849
 
 [gh-pr::3465::comment-restrictions]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3465#discussion_r1458114528
 [gh-pr::3465::alternative-solution]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3465#issuecomment-1678107233
 [gh-src::postfix-master-cf::relay-transport]: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/blob/9cdbef2b369fb4fb0f1b4e534da8703daf92abc9/target/postfix/master.cf#L65
+
+[inbound-ip::docker-docs::daemon]: https://docs.docker.com/reference/cli/dockerd/#default-network-options
+[inbound-ip::docker-docs::network]: https://docs.docker.com/engine/network/drivers/bridge/#default-host-binding-address
+[inbound-ip::docker-docs::container]: https://docs.docker.com/reference/compose-file/services/#ports
+[outbound-ip::route-manually]: https://github.com/moby/moby/issues/30053#issuecomment-1077041045
+[outbind-ip::host-ipv4]: https://github.com/moby/libnetwork/pull/2454
+[outbind-ip::host-ipv6]: https://github.com/moby/moby/issues/46469

docs/content/examples/use-cases/ios-mail-push-support.md

@@ -2,6 +2,15 @@
 title: 'Advanced | iOS Mail Push Support'
 ---
 
+!!! warning "Status - August 2025"
+
+    Apple has since deprecated their API used for certificate renewal (_see [this Apple Developer thread][apple::dev-push-issue-reference]_) as it is currently implemented in `dovecot-xaps-daemon` for `XAPPLEPUSHSERVICE`. There is no actionable resolution for this issue known at this time.
+
+    [Apple has communicated plans][apple::push-open-standard] to implement an open IETF standard for push notifications.
+
+[apple::dev-push-issue-reference]: https://developer.apple.com/forums/thread/778671?answerId=850357022#850357022
+[apple::push-open-standard]: https://github.com/stalwartlabs/stalwart/issues/747#issuecomment-3142925679
+
 ## Introduction
 
 iOS Mail currently does not support the IMAP idle extension. Therefore users can only either check manually or configure intervals for fetching mails in their mail account preferences when using the default configuration.

docs/content/faq.md

@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ DMS does not manage those concerns, verify they are not causing your delivery pr
 - [mail-tester](https://www.mail-tester.com/) can test your deliverability.
 - [helloinbox](https://www.helloinbox.email/) provides a checklist of things to improve your deliverability.
 
-### SpamAssasin
+### SpamAssassin
 
 #### How can I manage my custom SpamAssassin rules?
 

docs/content/usage.md

@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ We will later dig into DKIM, DMARC & SPF, but for now, these are the records tha
 - The **MX record** tells everyone which (DNS) name is responsible for e-mails on your domain.
     Because you want to keep the option of running another service on the domain name itself, you run your mail server on `mail.example.com`.
     This does not imply your e-mails will look like `test@mail.example.com`, the DNS name of your mail server is decoupled of the domain it serves e-mails for.
-    In theory, you mail server could even serve e-mails for `test@some-other-domain.com`, if the MX record for `some-other-domain.com` points to `mail.example.com`.
+    Your mail server could also handle emails for `test@some-other-domain.com`, if the MX record for `some-other-domain.com` points to `mail.example.com`.
 - The **A record** tells everyone which IP address the DNS name `mail.example.com` resolves to.
 - The **PTR record** is the counterpart of the A record, telling everyone what name the IP address `11.22.33.44` resolves to.
 
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ You definitely want to setup TLS. Please refer to [our documentation about TLS][
 
 You should add at least one [alias][docs-aliases], the [_postmaster alias_][docs-env-postmaster]. This is a common convention, but not strictly required.
 
-[docs-aliases]: ./config/user-management.md#aliases
+[docs-aliases]: ./config/account-management/overview.md#aliases
 [docs-env-postmaster]: ./config/environment.md#postmaster_address
 
 ```bash

docs/mkdocs.yml

@@ -104,6 +104,13 @@ markdown_extensions:
           lang: cfg
         - name: env
           lang: properties
+        # We only show PHP snippets, requires config change to work:
+        # https://squidfunk.github.io/mkdocs-material/setup/extensions/python-markdown-extensions/#highlight
+        # https://facelessuser.github.io/pymdown-extensions/extensions/highlight/#extended-pygments-lexer-options
+        - name: php
+          lang: php
+          options:
+            startinline: true
         # A variant that sometimes has nicer syntax highlighting:
         - name: cf-extra
           lang: linuxconfig
@@ -131,7 +138,14 @@ nav:
   - 'Usage': usage.md
   - 'Configuration':
     - 'Environment Variables': config/environment.md
-    - 'User Management': config/user-management.md
+    - 'Account Management':
+      - 'Overview': config/account-management/overview.md
+      - 'Provisioner':
+        - 'File Based': config/account-management/provisioner/file.md
+        - 'LDAP Service': config/account-management/provisioner/ldap.md
+      - 'Supplementary':
+        - 'Master Accounts': config/account-management/supplementary/master-accounts.md
+        - 'OAuth2 Authentication': config/account-management/supplementary/oauth2.md
     - 'Best Practices':
       - 'Auto-discovery': config/best-practices/autodiscover.md
       - 'DKIM, DMARC & SPF': config/best-practices/dkim_dmarc_spf.md
@@ -153,8 +167,6 @@ nav:
           - 'Dovecot': config/advanced/override-defaults/dovecot.md
           - 'Postfix': config/advanced/override-defaults/postfix.md
           - 'Modifications via Script': config/advanced/override-defaults/user-patches.md
-        - 'LDAP Authentication': config/advanced/auth-ldap.md
-        - 'OAuth2 Authentication': config/advanced/auth-oauth2.md
         - 'Email Filtering with Sieve': config/advanced/mail-sieve.md
         - 'Email Gathering with Fetchmail': config/advanced/mail-fetchmail.md
         - 'Email Gathering with Getmail': config/advanced/mail-getmail.md
@@ -166,7 +178,6 @@ nav:
         - 'Kubernetes': config/advanced/kubernetes.md
         - 'IPv6': config/advanced/ipv6.md
         - 'Podman': config/advanced/podman.md
-        - 'Dovecot Master Accounts': config/advanced/dovecot-master-accounts.md
   - 'Examples':
     - 'Tutorials':
       - 'Basic Installation': examples/tutorials/basic-installation.md
@@ -174,6 +185,7 @@ nav:
       - 'Crowdsec': examples/tutorials/crowdsec.md
       - 'Building your own Docker image': examples/tutorials/docker-build.md
       - 'Blog Posts': examples/tutorials/blog-posts.md
+      - 'Dovecot FTS with Apache Solr': examples/tutorials/dovecot-solr.md
     - 'Use Cases':
       - 'Forward-Only Mail-Server with LDAP': examples/use-cases/forward-only-mailserver-with-ldap-authentication.md
       - 'Customize IMAP Folders': examples/use-cases/imap-folders.md

mailserver.env

@@ -9,13 +9,13 @@
 # --- General Section ---------------------------
 # -----------------------------------------------
 
-# empty => uses the `hostname` command to get the mail server's canonical hostname
-# => Specify a fully-qualified domainname to serve mail for.  This is used for many of the config features so if you can't set your hostname (e.g. you're in a container platform that doesn't let you) specify it in this environment variable.
+# **empty** => Internally uses the `hostname --fqdn` command to get the canonical hostname assigned to the DMS container.
+# => Specify an FQDN (fully-qualified domain name) to serve mail for. The hostname is required for DMS to function correctly
+#
+# **WARNING**: Setting OVERRIDE_HOSTNAME can have difficult to predict side effects:
+# https://docker-mailserver.github.io/docker-mailserver/latest/config/environment/#override_hostname
 OVERRIDE_HOSTNAME=
 
-# REMOVED in version v11.0.0! Use LOG_LEVEL instead.
-DMS_DEBUG=0
-
 # Set the log level for DMS.
 # This is mostly relevant for container startup scripts and change detection event feedback.
 #
@@ -82,17 +82,19 @@ TZ=
 NETWORK_INTERFACE=
 
 # empty => modern
-# modern => Enables TLSv1.2 and modern ciphers only. (default)
-# intermediate => Enables TLSv1, TLSv1.1 and TLSv1.2 and broad compatibility ciphers.
+# modern => Limits the cipher suite to secure ciphers only.
+# intermediate => Relaxes security by adding additional ciphers for broader compatibility.
+# NOTE: The minimum TLS version supported is 1.2, if you need to lower that follow this workaround advice:
+# https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/2945#issuecomment-1949907964
 TLS_LEVEL=
 
 # Configures the handling of creating mails with forged sender addresses.
 #
 # **0** => (not recommended) Mail address spoofing allowed. Any logged in user may create email messages with a forged sender address (see also https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Email_spoofing).
-# 1 => Mail spoofing denied. Each user may only send with his own or his alias addresses. Addresses with extension delimiters(http://www.postfix.org/postconf.5.html#recipient_delimiter) are not able to send messages.
+# 1 => Mail spoofing denied. Each user may only send with their own or their alias addresses. Addresses with extension delimiters(http://www.postfix.org/postconf.5.html#recipient_delimiter) are not able to send messages.
 SPOOF_PROTECTION=
 
-# Enables the Sender Rewriting Scheme. SRS is needed if your mail server acts as forwarder. See [postsrsd](https://github.com/roehling/postsrsd/blob/master/README.md#sender-rewriting-scheme-crash-course) for further explanation.
+# Enables the Sender Rewriting Scheme. SRS is needed if your mail server acts as forwarder. See [postsrsd](https://github.com/roehling/postsrsd/blob/main/README.rst) for further explanation.
 #  - **0** => Disabled
 #  - 1 => Enabled
 ENABLE_SRS=0
@@ -130,8 +132,9 @@ ENABLE_IMAP=1
 # **0** => Disabled
 ENABLE_CLAMAV=0
 
-# Add the value as a prefix to the mail subject when spam is detected.
-# NOTE: By default spam is delivered to a junk folder, reducing the value of a subject prefix for spam.
+# Add the value of this ENV as a prefix to the mail subject when spam is detected.
+# NOTE: This subject prefix may be redundant (by default spam is delivered to a junk folder).
+#       It provides value when your junk mail is stored alongside legitimate mail instead of a separate location (like with `SPAMASSASSIN_SPAM_TO_INBOX=1` or `MOVE_SPAM_TO_JUNK=0` or a POP3 only setup, without IMAP).
 # NOTE: When not using Docker Compose, other CRI may not support quote-wrapping the value here to preserve any trailing white-space.
 SPAM_SUBJECT=
 
@@ -266,7 +269,7 @@ POSTFIX_DAGENT=
 # empty => 0
 POSTFIX_MAILBOX_SIZE_LIMIT=
 
-# See https://docker-mailserver.github.io/docker-mailserver/edge/config/user-management/accounts/#notes
+# See https://docker-mailserver.github.io/docker-mailserver/latest/config/account-management/overview/#quotas
 # 0 => Dovecot quota is disabled
 # 1 => Dovecot quota is enabled
 ENABLE_QUOTAS=1
@@ -429,7 +432,7 @@ FETCHMAIL_PARALLEL=0
 # - 1 => Enabled
 ENABLE_GETMAIL=0
 
-# The number of minutes for the interval. Min: 1; Max: 30.
+# The number of minutes for the interval. Min: 1; Default: 5.
 GETMAIL_POLL=5
 
 # -----------------------------------------------
@@ -507,7 +510,7 @@ DOVECOT_MAILBOX_FORMAT=maildir
 
 # empty => no
 # yes => Allow bind authentication for LDAP
-# https://wiki.dovecot.org/AuthDatabase/LDAP/AuthBinds
+# https://doc.dovecot.org/2.4.0/core/config/auth/databases/ldap.html#authentication-bind
 DOVECOT_AUTH_BIND=
 
 # -----------------------------------------------
@@ -530,12 +533,9 @@ POSTGREY_AUTO_WHITELIST_CLIENTS=5
 
 ENABLE_SASLAUTHD=0
 
-# empty => pam
+# empty => ldap
 # `ldap` => authenticate against ldap server
-# `shadow` => authenticate against local user db
-# `mysql` => authenticate against mysql db
 # `rimap` => authenticate against imap server
-# Note: can be a list of mechanisms like pam ldap shadow
 SASLAUTHD_MECHANISMS=
 
 # empty => None

target/amavis/postfix-amavis.cf

@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ smtp-amavis     unix    -       -       n       -       2       smtp
   -o syslog_name=postfix/$service_name
   -o smtp_data_done_timeout=1200
   -o smtp_send_xforward_command=yes
-  -o disable_dns_lookups=yes
+  -o smtp_dns_support_level=disabled
   -o max_use=20
   -o smtp_tls_security_level=none
   -o smtp_tls_wrappermode=no

target/bin/adddovecotmasteruser

@@ -7,8 +7,7 @@ function _main() {
   _require_n_parameters_or_print_usage 1 "${@}"
 
   local MAIL_ACCOUNT="${1}"
-  shift
-  local PASSWD="${*}"
+  local PASSWD="${2}"
 
   _manage_accounts_dovecotmaster_create "${MAIL_ACCOUNT}" "${PASSWD}"
 }

target/bin/addmailuser

@@ -7,8 +7,7 @@ function _main() {
   _require_n_parameters_or_print_usage 1 "${@}"
 
   local MAIL_ACCOUNT="${1}"
-  shift
-  local PASSWD="${*}"
+  local PASSWD="${2}"
 
   _manage_accounts_create "${MAIL_ACCOUNT}" "${PASSWD}"
 

target/bin/addsaslpassword

@@ -8,8 +8,7 @@ function _main() {
 
   local DOMAIN="${1}"
   local RELAY_ACCOUNT="${2}"
-  shift 2
-  local PASSWD="${*}"
+  local PASSWD="${3}"
 
   _validate_parameters
   _add_relayhost_credentials

target/bin/debug-getmail

@@ -5,9 +5,20 @@ source /usr/local/bin/helpers/log.sh
 # shellcheck source=../scripts/startup/setup-stack.sh
 source /usr/local/bin/setup.d/getmail.sh
 
-_setup_getmail
+# Setup getmail, even if not enabled.
+ENABLE_GETMAIL=1 _setup_getmail
 
-GETMAILDIR=/tmp/docker-mailserver/getmail
-for FILE in /etc/getmailrc.d/getmailrc*; do
-  getmail --getmaildir "${GETMAILDIR}" --rcfile "${FILE}" --dump | tail -n +6
+# Directory, where "oldmail" files are stored.
+# Getmail stores its state - its "memory" of what it has seen in your POP/IMAP account - in the oldmail files.
+GETMAIL_DIR=/var/lib/getmail
+
+# If no matching filenames are found, and the shell option nullglob is disabled, the word is left unchanged.
+# If the nullglob option is set, and no matches are found, the word is removed.
+shopt -s nullglob
+
+# Dump configuration from each RC file.
+for RC_FILE in /etc/getmailrc.d/*; do
+  echo "${RC_FILE##*/}:"
+  echo
+  getmail --getmaildir "${GETMAIL_DIR}" --rcfile "${RC_FILE}" --dump | tail -n +6
 done

target/bin/delmailuser

@@ -19,7 +19,13 @@ function _main() {
   for MAIL_ACCOUNT in "${@}"; do
     _account_should_already_exist
 
-    [[ ${MAILDEL} -eq 1 ]] && _remove_maildir "${MAIL_ACCOUNT}"
+    if [[ ${MAILDEL} -eq 1 ]]; then
+      _remove_maildir "${MAIL_ACCOUNT}"
+    elif [[ ${MAILDEL} -eq 2 ]]; then
+      _log 'info' "Mailbox data explicitly kept (using -n)."
+    else
+      _log 'info' "The mailbox data will not be deleted."
+    fi
 
     _manage_virtual_aliases_delete '_' "${MAIL_ACCOUNT}" \
       || _exit_with_error "Aliases for '${MAIL_ACCOUNT}' could not be deleted"
@@ -31,7 +37,7 @@ function _main() {
     _manage_accounts_delete "${MAIL_ACCOUNT}" \
       || _exit_with_error "'${MAIL_ACCOUNT}' could not be deleted"
 
-    _log 'info' "'${MAIL_ACCOUNT}' and associated data deleted"
+    _log 'info' "'${MAIL_ACCOUNT}' and associated data (aliases, quotas) deleted"
   done
 }
 
@@ -43,14 +49,16 @@ ${ORANGE}USAGE${RESET}
 
 ${ORANGE}OPTIONS${RESET}
     -y
-        Skip prompt by approving to ${LWHITE}delete all mail storage${RESET} for the account(s).
+        Skip prompt by approving to ${LWHITE}delete all mail data${RESET} for the account(s).
+    -n
+        Skip prompt by declining to ${LWHITE}delete all mail data${RESET} for the account(s).
 
     ${BLUE}Generic Program Information${RESET}
         help       Print the usage information.
 
 ${ORANGE}DESCRIPTION${RESET}
     Delete a mail account, including associated data (aliases, quotas) and
-    optionally the mailbox storage for that account.
+    optionally the mailbox data for that account.
 
 ${ORANGE}EXAMPLES${RESET}
     ${LWHITE}./setup.sh email del user@example.com${RESET}
@@ -61,6 +69,10 @@ ${ORANGE}EXAMPLES${RESET}
         Delete the two mail accounts requested, their associated data and
         delete the mailbox data for both accounts without asking.
 
+    ${LWHITE}./setup.sh email del -n user@example.com extra-user@example.com${RESET}
+        Delete the two mail accounts requested, their associated data and DO NOT
+        delete the mailbox data for both accounts without asking.
+
 ${ORANGE}EXIT STATUS${RESET}
     Exit status is 0 if command was successful. If wrong arguments are provided
     or arguments contain errors, the script will exit early with exit status 1.
@@ -69,12 +81,14 @@ ${ORANGE}EXIT STATUS${RESET}
 }
 
 function _parse_options() {
-  while getopts ":yY" OPT; do
+  while getopts ":yYnN" OPT; do
     case "${OPT}" in
       ( 'y' | 'Y' )
         MAILDEL=1
         ;;
-
+      ( 'n' | 'N' )
+        MAILDEL=2
+        ;;
       ( * )
         __usage
         _exit_with_error "The option '${OPT}' is unknown"
@@ -87,12 +101,10 @@ function _parse_options() {
 function _maildel_request_if_missing() {
   if [[ ${MAILDEL} -eq 0 ]]; then
     local MAILDEL_CHOSEN
-    read -r -p "Do you want to delete the mailbox as well (removing all mails)? [Y/n] " MAILDEL_CHOSEN
+    read -r -p "Do you want to delete the mailbox data as well (removing all mails)? [y/N] " MAILDEL_CHOSEN
 
-    # TODO: Why would MAILDEL be set to true if MAILDEL_CHOSEN is empty?
-    if [[ ${MAILDEL_CHOSEN} =~ (y|Y|yes|Yes) ]] || [[ -z ${MAILDEL_CHOSEN} ]]; then
-      MAILDEL=1
-    fi
+    # Delete mailbox data only if the user provides explicit confirmation.
+    [[ ${MAILDEL_CHOSEN,,} == "y" ]] && MAILDEL=1
   fi
 }
 
@@ -103,10 +115,10 @@ function _remove_maildir() {
   local DOMAIN_PART="${MAIL_ACCOUNT#*@}"
   local MAIL_ACCOUNT_STORAGE_DIR="/var/mail/${DOMAIN_PART}/${LOCAL_PART}"
 
-  [[ ! -d ${MAIL_ACCOUNT_STORAGE_DIR} ]] && _exit_with_error "Mailbox directory '${MAIL_ACCOUNT_STORAGE_DIR}' does not exist"
+  [[ ! -d ${MAIL_ACCOUNT_STORAGE_DIR} ]] && _exit_with_error "Mailbox data directory '${MAIL_ACCOUNT_STORAGE_DIR}' does not exist"
 
-  _log 'info' "Deleting Mailbox: '${MAIL_ACCOUNT_STORAGE_DIR}'"
-  rm -R "${MAIL_ACCOUNT_STORAGE_DIR}" || _exit_with_error 'Mailbox could not be deleted'
+  _log 'info' "Deleting mailbox data: '${MAIL_ACCOUNT_STORAGE_DIR}'"
+  rm -R "${MAIL_ACCOUNT_STORAGE_DIR}" || _exit_with_error 'Mailbox data could not be deleted'
   # Remove parent directory too if it's empty:
   rmdir "/var/mail/${DOMAIN_PART}" &>/dev/null
 }

target/bin/getmail-cron

@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/bash
-
-GETMAILDIR=/tmp/docker-mailserver/getmail
-for FILE in /etc/getmailrc.d/getmailrc*; do
-  if ! pgrep -f "${FILE}$" &>/dev/null; then
-    getmail --getmaildir "${GETMAILDIR}" --rcfile "${FILE}"
-  fi
-done

target/bin/listmailuser

@@ -8,6 +8,10 @@ source /usr/local/bin/helpers/index.sh
 source /etc/dms-settings 2>/dev/null
 
 function _main() {
+  if [[ ${ACCOUNT_PROVISIONER} != 'FILE' ]]; then
+    _exit_with_error "This command is only compatible with 'ACCOUNT_PROVISIONER=FILE'"
+  fi
+
   local DATABASE_ACCOUNTS='/tmp/docker-mailserver/postfix-accounts.cf'
   local DATABASE_VIRTUAL='/tmp/docker-mailserver/postfix-virtual.cf'
 
@@ -69,7 +73,7 @@ function _bytes_to_human_readable_size() {
     echo '~'
   # Otherwise a value in KibiBytes (1024 bytes == 1k) is expected (Dovecots internal representation):
   elif [[ ${1:-} =~ ^[0-9]+$ ]]; then
-    # kibibytes to bytes, converted to approproate IEC unit (eg: MiB):
+    # kibibytes to bytes, converted to appropriate IEC unit (eg: MiB):
     echo $(( 1024 * ${1} )) | numfmt --to=iec
   else
     _exit_with_error "Supplied non-number argument '${1:-}' to '_bytes_to_human_readable_size()'"

target/bin/open-dkim

@@ -12,9 +12,17 @@ if [[ -f /etc/dms-settings ]] && [[ $(_get_dms_env_value 'ENABLE_RSPAMD') -eq 1
   fi
 fi
 
-KEYSIZE=2048
-SELECTOR=mail
-DOMAINS=
+function _main() {
+  # Default parameters (updated by `_parse_arguments()`):
+  local KEYSIZE=2048
+  local SELECTOR=mail
+  local DMS_DOMAINS=
+
+  _require_n_parameters_or_print_usage 0 "${@}"
+  _parse_arguments "${@}"
+
+  _generate_dkim_keys
+}
 
 function __usage() {
   printf '%s' "${PURPLE}OPEN-DKIM${RED}(${YELLOW}8${RED})
@@ -57,122 +65,172 @@ ${ORANGE}EXAMPLES${RESET}
 
 ${ORANGE}EXIT STATUS${RESET}
     Exit status is 0 if command was successful. If wrong arguments are provided or arguments contain
-    errors, the script will exit early with exit status 2.
+    errors, the script will exit early with a non-zero exit status.
 
 "
 }
 
-_require_n_parameters_or_print_usage 0 "${@}"
+function _parse_arguments() {
+  # Parse the command args through iteration:
+  while [[ ${#} -gt 0 ]]; do
+    case "${1}" in
 
-while [[ ${#} -gt 0 ]]; do
-  case "${1}" in
-    ( 'keysize' )
-      if [[ -n ${2+set} ]]; then
-        KEYSIZE="${2}"
-        shift
-        shift
-      else
-        _exit_with_error "No keysize provided after 'keysize' argument"
-      fi
-      ;;
+      ( 'keysize' )
+        if [[ -n ${2:-} ]]; then
+          KEYSIZE="${2}"
+          _log 'trace' "Keysize set to '${KEYSIZE}'"
+        else
+          _exit_with_error "No keysize provided after 'keysize' argument"
+        fi
+        ;;
 
-    ( 'selector' )
-      if [[ -n ${2+set} ]]; then
-        # shellcheck disable=SC2034
-        SELECTOR="${2}"
-        shift
-        shift
-      else
-        _exit_with_error "No selector provided after 'selector' argument"
-      fi
-      ;;
+      ( 'selector' )
+        if [[ -n ${2:-} ]]; then
+          SELECTOR="${2}"
+          _log 'trace' "Selector set to '${SELECTOR}'"
+        else
+          _exit_with_error "No selector provided after 'selector' argument"
+        fi
+        ;;
 
-    ( 'domain' )
-      if [[ -n ${2+set} ]]; then
-        DOMAINS="${2}"
-        shift
-        shift
-      else
-        _exit_with_error "No domain(s) provided after 'domain' argument"
-      fi
-      ;;
+      ( 'domain' )
+        if [[ -n ${2:-} ]]; then
+          DMS_DOMAINS="${2}"
+          _log 'trace' "Domain(s) set to '${DMS_DOMAINS}'"
+        else
+          _exit_with_error "No domain(s) provided after 'domain' argument"
+        fi
+        ;;
 
-    ( * )
-      __usage
-      _exit_with_error "Unknown options '${1}' ${2:+and \'${2}\'}"
-      ;;
+      ( 'help' )
+          __usage
+          exit 0
+          ;;
 
-  esac
-done
+      ( * )
+        __usage
+        _exit_with_error "Unknown option(s) ${*}"
+        ;;
+    esac
 
+    # Discard these two args (option + value) now that they've been processed:
+    shift 2
+  done
+}
+
+function _generate_dkim_keys() {
+  _generate_domains_config
+  if [[ ! -s ${DATABASE_VHOST} ]]; then
+    _log 'warn' 'No entries found, no keys to make'
+    exit 0
+  fi
+
+  # Initialize OpenDKIM configs if necessary:
+  _create_opendkim_configs
+
+  # Generate a keypair per domain and add reference to OpenDKIM configs:
+  local ENTRY_KEY KEY_TABLE_ENTRY SIGNING_TABLE_ENTRY
+  while read -r DKIM_DOMAIN; do
+    _create_dkim_key "${DKIM_DOMAIN}"
+
+    # Create / Update OpenDKIM configs with new DKIM key:
+    ENTRY_KEY="${SELECTOR}._domainkey.${DKIM_DOMAIN}"
+    KEY_TABLE_ENTRY="${ENTRY_KEY} ${DKIM_DOMAIN}:${SELECTOR}:/etc/opendkim/keys/${DKIM_DOMAIN}/${SELECTOR}.private"
+    SIGNING_TABLE_ENTRY="*@${DKIM_DOMAIN} ${ENTRY_KEY}"
+
+    # If no existing entry, add one:
+    if ! grep -q "${KEY_TABLE_ENTRY}" "${KEY_TABLE_FILE}"; then
+      echo "${KEY_TABLE_ENTRY}" >> "${KEY_TABLE_FILE}"
+    fi
+    if ! grep -q "${SIGNING_TABLE_ENTRY}" "${SIGNING_TABLE_FILE}"; then
+      echo "${SIGNING_TABLE_ENTRY}" >> "${SIGNING_TABLE_FILE}"
+    fi
+  done < <(_get_valid_lines_from_file "${DATABASE_VHOST}")
+
+  # No longer needed, remove:
+  rm "${DATABASE_VHOST}"
+
+  # Ensure ownership is consistent for all content belonging to the base directory,
+  # During container startup, an internal copy will be made via `_setup_opendkim()`
+  # with ownership we expect, while this chown is for the benefit of the users' ownership.
+  # use numerical uid and gid in case the owner of the directory does not exist inside container
+  chown -R "$(stat -c '%u:%g' "${OPENDKIM_BASE_DIR}")" "${OPENDKIM_BASE_DIR}"
+}
+
+# Prepare a file with one domain per line (iterated via while loop as DKIM_DOMAIN):
+# Depends on methods from `scripts/helpers/postfix.sh`:
 DATABASE_VHOST='/tmp/vhost.dkim'
-# Prepare a file with one domain per line:
 function _generate_domains_config() {
   local TMP_VHOST='/tmp/vhost.dkim.tmp'
 
   # Generate the default vhost (equivalent to /etc/postfix/vhost),
-  # unless CLI arg DOMAINS provided an alternative list to use instead:
-  if [[ -z ${DOMAINS} ]]; then
+  # unless CLI arg DMS_DOMAINS provided an alternative list to use instead:
+  if [[ -z ${DMS_DOMAINS:-} ]]; then
     _obtain_hostname_and_domainname
     # uses TMP_VHOST:
     _vhost_collect_postfix_domains
   else
-    tr ',' '\n' <<< "${DOMAINS}" >"${TMP_VHOST}"
+    tr ',' '\n' <<< "${DMS_DOMAINS}" >"${TMP_VHOST}"
   fi
 
-  # uses DATABASE_VHOST + TMP_VHOST:
+  # Uses DATABASE_VHOST + TMP_VHOST:
   _create_vhost
 }
 
-_generate_domains_config
-if [[ ! -s ${DATABASE_VHOST} ]]; then
-  _log 'warn' 'No entries found, no keys to make'
-  exit 0
-fi
+# `opendkim-genkey` generates two files at the configured `--directory`:
+# - <selector>.private (Private key, PEM encoded)
+# - <selector>.txt (Public key, formatted as a TXT record for a RFC 1035 DNS Zone file)
+function _create_dkim_key() {
+  DKIM_DOMAIN=${1?Expected to be provided a domain}
 
-while read -r DKIM_DOMAIN; do
-  mkdir -p "/tmp/docker-mailserver/opendkim/keys/${DKIM_DOMAIN}"
+  OPENDKIM_DOMAINKEY_DIR="${OPENDKIM_BASE_DIR}/keys/${DKIM_DOMAIN}"
+  mkdir -p "${OPENDKIM_DOMAINKEY_DIR}"
 
-  if [[ ! -f "/tmp/docker-mailserver/opendkim/keys/${DKIM_DOMAIN}/${SELECTOR}.private" ]]; then
-    _log 'info' "Creating DKIM private key '/tmp/docker-mailserver/opendkim/keys/${DKIM_DOMAIN}/${SELECTOR}.private'"
+  DKIM_KEY_FILE="${OPENDKIM_DOMAINKEY_DIR}/${SELECTOR}.private"
+  if [[ ! -f "${DKIM_KEY_FILE}" ]]; then
+    _log 'info' "Creating DKIM private key '${DKIM_KEY_FILE}'"
 
+    # NOTE:
+    # --domain only affects a comment in the generated DNS Zone file
+    # --subdomains is the default,
+    # --nosubdomains would add `t=s` to the DNS TXT record generated
+    # http://www.opendkim.org/opendkim-genkey.8.html
     opendkim-genkey \
       --bits="${KEYSIZE}" \
       --subdomains \
       --domain="${DKIM_DOMAIN}" \
       --selector="${SELECTOR}" \
-      --directory="/tmp/docker-mailserver/opendkim/keys/${DKIM_DOMAIN}"
+      --directory="${OPENDKIM_DOMAINKEY_DIR}"
   fi
+}
 
-  # fix permissions to use the same user:group as /tmp/docker-mailserver/opendkim/keys
-  chown -R "$(stat -c '%U:%G' /tmp/docker-mailserver/opendkim/keys)" "/tmp/docker-mailserver/opendkim/keys/${DKIM_DOMAIN}"
+OPENDKIM_BASE_DIR='/tmp/docker-mailserver/opendkim'
+KEY_TABLE_FILE="${OPENDKIM_BASE_DIR}/KeyTable"
+SIGNING_TABLE_FILE="${OPENDKIM_BASE_DIR}/SigningTable"
+TRUSTED_HOSTS_FILE="${OPENDKIM_BASE_DIR}/TrustedHosts"
+# Create configs if missing:
+function _create_opendkim_configs() {
+  mkdir -p "${OPENDKIM_BASE_DIR}"
+  local OPENDKIM_CONFIGS=(
+    "${KEY_TABLE_FILE}"
+    "${SIGNING_TABLE_FILE}"
+    "${TRUSTED_HOSTS_FILE}"
+  )
 
-  # write to KeyTable if necessary
-  KEYTABLEENTRY="${SELECTOR}._domainkey.${DKIM_DOMAIN} ${DKIM_DOMAIN}:${SELECTOR}:/etc/opendkim/keys/${DKIM_DOMAIN}/${SELECTOR}.private"
-  if [[ ! -f "/tmp/docker-mailserver/opendkim/KeyTable" ]]; then
-    _log 'debug' 'Creating DKIM KeyTable'
-    echo "${KEYTABLEENTRY}" >/tmp/docker-mailserver/opendkim/KeyTable
-  else
-    if ! grep -q "${KEYTABLEENTRY}" "/tmp/docker-mailserver/opendkim/KeyTable"; then
-      echo "${KEYTABLEENTRY}" >>/tmp/docker-mailserver/opendkim/KeyTable
+  # Only create if the file doesn't exist (avoids modifying mtime):
+  for FILE in "${OPENDKIM_CONFIGS[@]}"; do
+    if [[ ! -f "${FILE}" ]]; then
+      _log 'debug' "Creating OpenDKIM config '${FILE}'"
+      touch "${FILE}"
     fi
-  fi
+  done
 
-  # write to SigningTable if necessary
-  SIGNINGTABLEENTRY="*@${DKIM_DOMAIN} ${SELECTOR}._domainkey.${DKIM_DOMAIN}"
-  if [[ ! -f /tmp/docker-mailserver/opendkim/SigningTable ]]; then
-    _log 'debug' 'Creating DKIM SigningTable'
-    echo "*@${DKIM_DOMAIN} ${SELECTOR}._domainkey.${DKIM_DOMAIN}" >/tmp/docker-mailserver/opendkim/SigningTable
-  else
-    if ! grep -q "${SIGNINGTABLEENTRY}" /tmp/docker-mailserver/opendkim/SigningTable; then
-      echo "${SIGNINGTABLEENTRY}" >>/tmp/docker-mailserver/opendkim/SigningTable
-    fi
+  # If file exists but is empty, add default hosts to trust:
+  if [[ ! -s "${TRUSTED_HOSTS_FILE}" ]]; then
+    _log 'debug' 'Adding default trust to OpenDKIM TrustedHosts config'
+    echo "127.0.0.1" >  "${TRUSTED_HOSTS_FILE}"
+    echo "localhost" >> "${TRUSTED_HOSTS_FILE}"
   fi
-done < <(_get_valid_lines_from_file "${DATABASE_VHOST}")
+}
 
-# create TrustedHosts if missing
-if [[ -d /tmp/docker-mailserver/opendkim ]] && [[ ! -f /tmp/docker-mailserver/opendkim/TrustedHosts ]]; then
-  _log 'debug' 'Creating DKIM TrustedHosts'
-  echo "127.0.0.1" >/tmp/docker-mailserver/opendkim/TrustedHosts
-  echo "localhost" >>/tmp/docker-mailserver/opendkim/TrustedHosts
-fi
+_main "${@}"

target/bin/rspamd-dkim

@@ -55,6 +55,10 @@ ${ORANGE}EXAMPLES${RESET}
     ${LWHITE}setup config dkim domain example.com${RESET}
         Generate the DKIM key for a different domain (example.com).
 
+    ${LWHITE}setup config dkim keytype ed25519 domain edward.com selector elliptic-test${RESET}
+        Generate the DKIM key using the ED25519 elliptic curve for the domain
+        edward.com and the selector elliptic-test.
+
 ${ORANGE}EXIT STATUS${RESET}
     Exit status is 0 if command was successful. If wrong arguments are provided or arguments contain
     errors, the script will exit early with a non-zero exit status.
@@ -252,7 +256,7 @@ EOF
     cp "${DEFAULT_CONFIG_FILE}" "${RSPAMD_OVERRIDE_D}/dkim_signing.conf"
     chown _rspamd:_rspamd "${DEFAULT_CONFIG_FILE}" "${RSPAMD_OVERRIDE_D}/dkim_signing.conf"
 
-    _log 'debug' 'Restarting Rspamd as initial DKIM configuration was suppplied'
+    _log 'debug' 'Restarting Rspamd as initial DKIM configuration was supplied'
     supervisorctl restart rspamd
   fi
 }

target/bin/setup

@@ -64,6 +64,7 @@ ${RED}[${ORANGE}SUB${RED}]${ORANGE}COMMANDS${RESET}
 
     ${LBLUE}COMMAND${RESET} debug ${RED}:=${RESET}
         setup debug ${CYAN}fetchmail${RESET}
+        setup debug ${CYAN}getmail${RESET}
         setup debug ${CYAN}login${RESET} <COMMANDS>
         setup debug ${CYAN}show-mail-logs${RESET}
 
@@ -73,7 +74,7 @@ ${ORANGE}EXAMPLES${RESET}
         to input a password afterwards since no password was supplied.
 
     ${LWHITE}setup config dkim keysize 2048 domain 'example.com,not-example.com'${RESET}
-        Creates keys of length 2048 for the domains in comma-seperated list.
+        Creates keys of length 2048 for the domains in comma-separated list.
         This is necessary when using LDAP as the required domains cannot be inferred.
 
     ${LWHITE}setup config dkim help${RESET}
@@ -150,6 +151,7 @@ function _main() {
     ( debug )
       case ${2:-} in
         ( fetchmail      ) debug-fetchmail ;;
+        ( getmail        ) debug-getmail ;;
         ( show-mail-logs ) cat /var/log/mail/mail.log ;;
         ( login          )
           shift 2

target/bin/updatedovecotmasteruser

@@ -7,8 +7,7 @@ function _main() {
   _require_n_parameters_or_print_usage 1 "${@}"
 
   local MAIL_ACCOUNT="${1}"
-  shift
-  local PASSWD="${*}"
+  local PASSWD="${2}"
 
   _manage_accounts_dovecotmaster_update "${MAIL_ACCOUNT}" "${PASSWD}"
 }

target/bin/updatemailuser

@@ -7,8 +7,7 @@ function _main() {
   _require_n_parameters_or_print_usage 1 "${@}"
 
   local MAIL_ACCOUNT="${1}"
-  shift
-  local PASSWD="${*}"
+  local PASSWD="${2}"
 
   _manage_accounts_update "${MAIL_ACCOUNT}" "${PASSWD}"
 }

target/dovecot/auth-ldap.conf.ext

@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 
 passdb {
   driver = ldap
-  mechanism = plain login
+  mechanisms = plain login
 
   # Path for LDAP configuration file, see example-config/dovecot-ldap.conf.ext
   args = /etc/dovecot/dovecot-ldap.conf.ext

target/fail2ban/jail.local

@@ -29,9 +29,6 @@ enabled = true
 # https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/issues/3256#issuecomment-1511188760
 mode = extra
 
-[postfix-sasl]
-enabled = true
-
 # This jail is used for manual bans.
 # To ban an IP address use: setup.sh fail2ban ban <IP>
 [custom]

target/getmail/getmail-service.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+
+# shellcheck source=../scripts/helpers/log.sh
+source /usr/local/bin/helpers/log.sh
+
+# Directory, where "oldmail" files are stored.
+# getmail stores its state - its "memory" of what it has seen in your POP/IMAP account - in the oldmail files.
+GETMAIL_DIR=/var/lib/getmail
+
+# Kill all child processes on EXIT.
+# Otherwise 'supervisorctl restart getmail' leads to zombie 'sleep' processes.
+trap 'pkill --parent ${$}' EXIT
+
+function _syslog_error() {
+  logger --priority mail.err --tag getmail "${1}"
+}
+
+function _stop_service() {
+  _syslog_error "Stopping service"
+  exec supervisorctl stop getmail
+}
+
+# Verify the correct value for GETMAIL_POLL. Valid are any numbers greater than 0.
+if [[ ! ${GETMAIL_POLL} =~ ^[0-9]+$ ]] || [[ ${GETMAIL_POLL} -lt 1 ]]; then
+  _syslog_error "Invalid value for GETMAIL_POLL: ${GETMAIL_POLL}"
+  _stop_service
+fi
+
+# If no matching filenames are found, and the shell option nullglob is disabled, the word is left unchanged.
+# If the nullglob option is set, and no matches are found, the word is removed.
+shopt -s nullglob
+
+# Run each getmailrc periodically.
+while :; do
+  for RC_FILE in /etc/getmailrc.d/*; do
+    _log 'debug' "Processing ${RC_FILE}"
+    getmail --getmaildir "${GETMAIL_DIR}" --rcfile "${RC_FILE}"
+  done
+
+  # Stop service if no configuration is found.
+  if [[ -z ${RC_FILE} ]]; then
+    _syslog_error 'No configuration found'
+    _stop_service
+  fi
+
+  sleep "${GETMAIL_POLL}m"
+done

target/getmail/getmailrc_general

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+# https://getmail6.org/configuration.html#conf-options
+
+[options]
+verbose = 0
+read_all = false
+delete = false
+max_messages_per_session = 500
+received = false
+delivered_to = false
+message_log_syslog = true
+

target/logwatch/ignore.conf

@@ -1,2 +1,3 @@
 # ignore output from dovecot-fts-xapian about successfully indexed messages
 dovecot: indexer-worker\([^\)]+\).*Indexed
+dovecot: indexer-worker\([^\)]+\).*FTS Xapian: Waiting for all pending documents to be processed

target/postfix/main.cf

@@ -68,9 +68,10 @@ smtpd_forbid_bare_newline = yes
 # smtpd_forbid_bare_newline_exclusions = $mynetworks
 
 # Custom defined parameters for DMS:
-# reject_unknown_sender_domain: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/issues/3716#issuecomment-1868033234
+# Custom sender restrictions overview: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4379#issuecomment-2670365917
+# `reject_unknown_sender_domain`: https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/issues/3716#issuecomment-1868033234
 dms_smtpd_sender_restrictions = permit_sasl_authenticated, permit_mynetworks, reject_unknown_sender_domain
-# Submission ports 587 and 465 support for SPOOF_PROTECTION=1
+# `SPOOF_PROTECTION=1` support requires prepending `reject_authenticated_sender_login_mismatch`
 mua_sender_restrictions = reject_authenticated_sender_login_mismatch, $dms_smtpd_sender_restrictions
 
 # Postscreen settings to drop zombies/open relays/spam early

target/postfix/sender_header_filter.pcre

@@ -8,4 +8,5 @@
 /^\s*X-Mailer/                      IGNORE
 /^\s*X-Originating-IP/              IGNORE
 /^\s*Received: from.*127.0.0.1/     IGNORE
-
+/^\s*X-MS-Reactions:/               IGNORE
+/^\s*Message-Id:/i                  PREPEND X-MS-Reactions: disallow

target/scripts/build/compile.sh

@@ -11,28 +11,39 @@ source /usr/local/bin/helpers/log.sh
 # shellcheck disable=SC2310
 _log_level_is 'trace' && QUIET='-y' || QUIET='-qq'
 
-function _compile_dovecot_fts_xapian() {
+function _install_build_deps() {
   apt-get "${QUIET}" update
-  apt-get "${QUIET}" --no-install-recommends install \
+  apt-get "${QUIET}" install --no-install-recommends \
     automake libtool pkg-config libicu-dev libsqlite3-dev libxapian-dev make build-essential dh-make devscripts dovecot-dev
-
-  local XAPIAN_VERSION='1.7.12'
-  curl -sSfL -o dovecot-fts-xapian.tar.gz \
-    "https://github.com/grosjo/fts-xapian/releases/download/${XAPIAN_VERSION}/dovecot-fts-xapian-${XAPIAN_VERSION}.tar.gz"
-  tar xf dovecot-fts-xapian.tar.gz
-
-  cd "fts-xapian-${XAPIAN_VERSION}"
-  USER=root dh_make -p "dovecot-fts-xapian-${XAPIAN_VERSION}" --single --native --copyright gpl2 -y
-
-  rm debian/*.ex
-  cp PACKAGES/DEB/control debian/
-  cp PACKAGES/DEB/changelog debian/
-  cp PACKAGES/DEB/compat debian/
-
-  sed -i -E "s|(dovecot-fts-xapian)-[1-9\.-]+|\1-${XAPIAN_VERSION}|g" debian/control
-  sed -i -E "s|(dovecot-fts-xapian)-[1-9\.-]+ \(.*\)(.*)|\1-${XAPIAN_VERSION} (${XAPIAN_VERSION})\2|g" debian/changelog
-
-  debuild -us -uc -B | tee /tmp/debuild.log 2>&1
 }
 
-_compile_dovecot_fts_xapian
+function _build_package() {
+  local XAPIAN_VERSION='1.9.1'
+  curl -fsSL "https://github.com/grosjo/fts-xapian/releases/download/${XAPIAN_VERSION}/dovecot-fts-xapian-${XAPIAN_VERSION}.tar.gz" \
+    | tar -xz
+  cd "fts-xapian-${XAPIAN_VERSION}"
+
+  # Prepare for building DEB source package:
+  # https://manpages.debian.org/bookworm/dh-make/dh_make.1.en.html
+  # License LGPL 2.1: https://github.com/grosjo/fts-xapian/issues/174#issuecomment-2422404568
+  USER=root dh_make --packagename "dovecot-fts-xapian-${XAPIAN_VERSION}" --single --native --copyright lgpl2 -y
+  # Remove generated example files:
+  rm debian/*.ex
+  # Add required package metadata:
+  # https://www.debian.org/doc/manuals/maint-guide/dreq.en.html#control
+  curl -fsSL https://raw.githubusercontent.com/grosjo/fts-xapian/refs/tags/1.7.16/PACKAGES/DEB/control > debian/control
+  # Replace version number:
+  sed -i -E "s|(dovecot-fts-xapian)-[1-9\.-]+|\1-${XAPIAN_VERSION}|g" debian/control
+  # Required to proceed with debuild:
+  # https://www.debian.org/doc/manuals/maint-guide/dother.en.html#compat
+  # (13 is the default debhelper version from the original `dh_make` generated `debian/control`):
+  echo '13' > debian/compat
+
+  # Build arch specific binary package via debuild:
+  # https://manpages.debian.org/bookworm/devscripts/debuild.1.en.html
+  # https://manpages.debian.org/bookworm/dpkg-dev/dpkg-buildpackage.1.en.html
+  debuild --no-sign --build=any | tee /tmp/debuild.log 2>&1
+}
+
+_install_build_deps
+_build_package

target/scripts/build/packages.sh

@@ -24,46 +24,58 @@ function _pre_installation_steps() {
   apt-get "${QUIET}" upgrade
 
   _log 'trace' 'Installing packages that are needed early'
-  # add packages usually required by apt to
-  # - not log unnecessary warnings
-  # - be able to add PPAs early (e.g., Rspamd)
+  # Add packages usually required by apt to:
   local EARLY_PACKAGES=(
-    apt-utils # avoid useless warnings
-    apt-transport-https ca-certificates curl gnupg # required for adding PPAs
-    systemd-standalone-sysusers # avoid problems with SA / Amavis (https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3403#pullrequestreview-1596689953)
+    # Avoid logging unnecessary warnings:
+    apt-utils
+    # Required for adding third-party repos (/etc/apt/sources.list.d) as alternative package sources (eg: Dovecot CE and Rspamd):
+    apt-transport-https ca-certificates curl gnupg
+    # Avoid problems with SA / Amavis (https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3403#pullrequestreview-1596689953):
+    systemd-standalone-sysusers
   )
   apt-get "${QUIET}" install --no-install-recommends "${EARLY_PACKAGES[@]}" 2>/dev/null
 }
 
+# Install third-party commands to /usr/local/bin
 function _install_utils() {
+  local ARCH_A
+  ARCH_A=$(uname --machine)
+  # Alternate naming convention support: x86_64 (amd64) / aarch64 (arm64)
+  # https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/X86-64#Industry_naming_conventions
+  local ARCH_B
+  case "${ARCH_A}" in
+    ( 'x86_64'  ) ARCH_B='amd64' ;;
+    ( 'aarch64' ) ARCH_B='arm64' ;;
+    ( * )
+      _log 'error' "Unsupported arch: '${ARCH_A}'"
+      return 1
+      ;;
+  esac
+
+  # TIP: `*.tar.gz` releases tend to forget to reset UID/GID ownership when archiving.
+  # When extracting with `tar` as `root` the archived UID/GID is kept, unless using `--no-same-owner`.
+  # Likewise when the binary is in a nested location the full archived path
+  # must be provided + `--strip-components` to extract the file to the target directory.
+  # Doing this avoids the need for (`mv` + `rm`) or (`--to-stdout` + `chmod +x`)
   _log 'debug' 'Installing utils sourced from Github'
+
   _log 'trace' 'Installing jaq'
-  local JAQ_TAG='v1.3.0'
-  curl -sSfL "https://github.com/01mf02/jaq/releases/download/${JAQ_TAG}/jaq-${JAQ_TAG}-$(uname -m)-unknown-linux-gnu" -o /usr/bin/jaq
-  chmod +x /usr/bin/jaq
+  local JAQ_TAG='v2.3.0'
+  curl -sSfL "https://github.com/01mf02/jaq/releases/download/${JAQ_TAG}/jaq-$(uname -m)-unknown-linux-gnu" -o /usr/local/bin/jaq
+  chmod +x /usr/local/bin/jaq
+
+  _log 'trace' 'Installing step'
+  local STEP_RELEASE='0.28.7'
+  curl -sSfL "https://github.com/smallstep/cli/releases/download/v${STEP_RELEASE}/step_linux_${STEP_RELEASE}_${ARCH_B}.tar.gz" \
+    | tar -xz --directory /usr/local/bin --no-same-owner --strip-components=2 "step_${STEP_RELEASE}/bin/step"
 
   _log 'trace' 'Installing swaks'
+  # `perl-doc` is required for `swaks --help` to work:
+  apt-get "${QUIET}" install --no-install-recommends perl-doc
   local SWAKS_VERSION='20240103.0'
   local SWAKS_RELEASE="swaks-${SWAKS_VERSION}"
-  curl -sSfL "https://github.com/jetmore/swaks/releases/download/v${SWAKS_VERSION}/${SWAKS_RELEASE}.tar.gz" | tar -xz
-  mv "${SWAKS_RELEASE}/swaks" /usr/local/bin
-  rm -r "${SWAKS_RELEASE}"
-}
-
-function _install_postfix() {
-  _log 'debug' 'Installing Postfix'
-
-  _log 'warn' 'Applying workaround for Postfix bug (see https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/issues/2023#issuecomment-855326403)'
-
-  # Debians postfix package has a post-install script that expects a valid FQDN hostname to work:
-  mv /bin/hostname /bin/hostname.bak
-  echo "echo 'docker-mailserver.invalid'" >/bin/hostname
-  chmod +x /bin/hostname
-  apt-get "${QUIET}" install --no-install-recommends postfix
-  mv /bin/hostname.bak /bin/hostname
-
-  # Irrelevant - Debian's default `chroot` jail config for Postfix needed a separate syslog socket:
-  rm /etc/rsyslog.d/postfix.conf
+  curl -sSfL "https://github.com/jetmore/swaks/releases/download/v${SWAKS_VERSION}/${SWAKS_RELEASE}.tar.gz" \
+    | tar -xz --directory /usr/local/bin --no-same-owner --strip-components=1 "${SWAKS_RELEASE}/swaks"
 }
 
 function _install_packages() {
@@ -71,11 +83,8 @@ function _install_packages() {
 
   local ANTI_VIRUS_SPAM_PACKAGES=(
     clamav clamav-daemon
-    # spamassassin is used only with amavisd-new, while pyzor + razor are used by spamassasin
-    amavisd-new spamassassin pyzor razor
-    # the following packages are all for Fail2Ban
-    # https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3403#discussion_r1306581431
-    fail2ban python3-pyinotify python3-dnspython
+    # spamassassin is used only with amavisd-new
+    amavisd-new spamassassin
   )
 
   # predominantly for Amavis support
@@ -100,7 +109,7 @@ function _install_packages() {
   )
 
   local POSTFIX_PACKAGES=(
-    pflogsumm postgrey postfix-ldap postfix-mta-sts-resolver
+    pflogsumm postgrey postfix postfix-ldap postfix-mta-sts-resolver
     postfix-pcre postfix-policyd-spf-python postsrsd
   )
 
@@ -121,7 +130,7 @@ function _install_packages() {
     bind9-dnsutils iputils-ping less nano
   )
 
-  apt-get "${QUIET}" --no-install-recommends install \
+  apt-get "${QUIET}" install --no-install-recommends \
     "${ANTI_VIRUS_SPAM_PACKAGES[@]}" \
     "${CODECS_PACKAGES[@]}" \
     "${MISCELLANEOUS_PACKAGES[@]}" \
@@ -138,46 +147,108 @@ function _install_dovecot() {
     dovecot-pop3d dovecot-sieve
   )
 
-  # Dovecot packages for community supported features.
+  # Additional Dovecot packages for supporting the DMS community (docs-only guide contributions).
   DOVECOT_PACKAGES+=(dovecot-auth-lua)
 
-  # Dovecot's deb community repository only provides x86_64 packages, so do not include it
-  # when building for another architecture.
+  # (Opt-in via ENV) Change repo source for dovecot packages to a third-party repo maintained by Dovecot.
+  # NOTE: AMD64 / x86_64 is the only supported arch from the Dovecot CE repo (thus noDMS built for ARM64 / aarch64)
+  # Repo: https://repo.dovecot.org/ce-2.4-latest/debian/bookworm/dists/bookworm/main/
+  # Docs: https://repo.dovecot.org/#debian
   if [[ ${DOVECOT_COMMUNITY_REPO} -eq 1 ]] && [[ "$(uname --machine)" == "x86_64" ]]; then
-    _log 'trace' 'Using Dovecot community repository'
-    curl -sSfL https://repo.dovecot.org/DOVECOT-REPO-GPG | gpg --import
-    gpg --export ED409DA1 > /etc/apt/trusted.gpg.d/dovecot.gpg
-    echo "deb https://repo.dovecot.org/ce-2.3-latest/debian/${VERSION_CODENAME} ${VERSION_CODENAME} main" > /etc/apt/sources.list.d/dovecot.list
+    # WARNING: Repo only provides Debian Bookworm package support for Dovecot CE 2.4+.
+    # As Debian Bookworm only packages Dovecot 2.3.x, building DMS with this alternative package repo may not yet be compatible with DMS:
+    # - 2.3.19: https://salsa.debian.org/debian/dovecot/-/tree/stable/bookworm
+    # - 2.3.21: https://salsa.debian.org/debian/dovecot/-/tree/stable/bookworm-backports
 
-    _log 'trace' 'Updating Dovecot package signatures'
+    _log 'trace' 'Adding third-party package repository (Dovecot)'
+    curl -fsSL https://repo.dovecot.org/DOVECOT-REPO-GPG-2.4 \
+      | gpg --dearmor >/usr/share/keyrings/upstream-dovecot.gpg
+    cat >/etc/apt/sources.list.d/upstream-dovecot.sources <<EOF
+Types: deb
+URIs: https://repo.dovecot.org/ce-2.4-latest/debian/${VERSION_CODENAME}
+Suites: ${VERSION_CODENAME}
+Components: main
+Signed-By: /usr/share/keyrings/upstream-dovecot.gpg
+EOF
+
+    # Refresh package index:
     apt-get "${QUIET}" update
 
-    # Additional community package needed for Lua support if the Dovecot community repository is used.
+    # This repo instead provides `dovecot-auth-lua` as a transitional package to `dovecot-lua`,
+    # thus this extra package is required to retain lua support:
     DOVECOT_PACKAGES+=(dovecot-lua)
   fi
 
   _log 'debug' 'Installing Dovecot'
-  apt-get "${QUIET}" --no-install-recommends install "${DOVECOT_PACKAGES[@]}"
+  apt-get "${QUIET}" install --no-install-recommends "${DOVECOT_PACKAGES[@]}"
 
-  # dependency for fts_xapian
-  apt-get "${QUIET}" --no-install-recommends install libxapian30
+  # Runtime dependency for fts_xapian (built via `compile.sh`):
+  apt-get "${QUIET}" install --no-install-recommends libxapian30
 }
 
 function _install_rspamd() {
-  _log 'debug' 'Installing Rspamd'
-  _log 'trace' 'Adding Rspamd PPA'
-  curl -sSfL https://rspamd.com/apt-stable/gpg.key | gpg --dearmor >/etc/apt/trusted.gpg.d/rspamd.gpg
-  echo \
-    "deb [signed-by=/etc/apt/trusted.gpg.d/rspamd.gpg] http://rspamd.com/apt-stable/ ${VERSION_CODENAME} main" \
-    >/etc/apt/sources.list.d/rspamd.list
+  # NOTE: DMS only supports the rspamd package via using the third-party repo maintained by Rspamd (AMD64 + ARM64):
+  # Repo: https://rspamd.com/apt-stable/dists/bookworm/main/
+  # Docs: https://rspamd.com/downloads.html#debian-and-ubuntu-linux
+  # NOTE: Debian 12 provides Rspamd 3.4 (too old) and Rspamd discourages it's use
 
-  _log 'trace' 'Updating package index after adding PPAs'
+  _log 'trace' 'Adding third-party package repository (Rspamd)'
+  curl -fsSL https://rspamd.com/apt-stable/gpg.key \
+    | gpg --dearmor >/usr/share/keyrings/upstream-rspamd.gpg
+  cat >/etc/apt/sources.list.d/upstream-rspamd.sources <<EOF
+Types: deb
+URIs: https://rspamd.com/apt-stable/
+Suites: ${VERSION_CODENAME}
+Components: main
+Signed-By: /usr/share/keyrings/upstream-rspamd.gpg
+EOF
+
+  # Refresh package index:
   apt-get "${QUIET}" update
 
-  _log 'trace' 'Installing actual package'
+  _log 'debug' 'Installing Rspamd'
   apt-get "${QUIET}" install rspamd redis-server
 }
 
+function _install_fail2ban() {
+  local FAIL2BAN_VERSION=1.1.0
+  local FAIL2BAN_DEB_URL="https://github.com/fail2ban/fail2ban/releases/download/${FAIL2BAN_VERSION}/fail2ban_${FAIL2BAN_VERSION}-1.upstream1_all.deb"
+  local FAIL2BAN_DEB_ASC_URL="${FAIL2BAN_DEB_URL}.asc"
+  local FAIL2BAN_GPG_FINGERPRINT='8738 559E 26F6 71DF 9E2C  6D9E 683B F1BE BD0A 882C'
+  local FAIL2BAN_GPG_PUBLIC_KEY_ID='0x683BF1BEBD0A882C'
+  local FAIL2BAN_GPG_PUBLIC_KEY_SERVER='hkps://keyserver.ubuntu.com'
+
+  _log 'debug' 'Installing Fail2ban'
+  # Dependencies (https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/3403#discussion_r1306581431)
+  apt-get "${QUIET}" install --no-install-recommends python3-pyinotify python3-dnspython python3-systemd
+
+  gpg --keyserver "${FAIL2BAN_GPG_PUBLIC_KEY_SERVER}" --recv-keys "${FAIL2BAN_GPG_PUBLIC_KEY_ID}" 2>&1
+
+  curl -fsSLo fail2ban.deb "${FAIL2BAN_DEB_URL}"
+  curl -fsSLo fail2ban.deb.asc "${FAIL2BAN_DEB_ASC_URL}"
+
+  FINGERPRINT=$(LANG=C gpg --verify fail2ban.deb.asc fail2ban.deb |& sed -n 's#Primary key fingerprint: \(.*\)#\1#p')
+
+  if [[ -z ${FINGERPRINT} ]]; then
+    echo 'ERROR: Invalid GPG signature!' >&2
+    exit 1
+  fi
+
+  if [[ ${FINGERPRINT} != "${FAIL2BAN_GPG_FINGERPRINT}" ]]; then
+    echo "ERROR: Wrong GPG fingerprint!" >&2
+    exit 1
+  fi
+
+  dpkg -i fail2ban.deb 2>&1
+  rm fail2ban.deb fail2ban.deb.asc
+
+  _log 'debug' 'Patching Fail2ban to enable network bans'
+  # Enable network bans
+  # https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/issues/2669
+  # https://github.com/fail2ban/fail2ban/issues/3125
+  sedfile -i -r 's/^_nft_add_set = .+/_nft_add_set = <nftables> add set <table_family> <table> <addr_set> \\{ type <addr_type>\\; flags interval\\; \\}/' /etc/fail2ban/action.d/nftables.conf
+}
+
 function _post_installation_steps() {
   _log 'debug' 'Running post-installation steps (cleanup)'
   _log 'debug' 'Deleting sensitive files (secrets)'
@@ -190,16 +261,14 @@ function _post_installation_steps() {
   apt-get "${QUIET}" clean
   rm -rf /var/lib/apt/lists/*
 
-  _log 'debug' 'Patching Fail2ban to enable network bans'
-  # Enable network bans
-  # https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/issues/2669
-  sedfile -i -r 's/^_nft_add_set = .+/_nft_add_set = <nftables> add set <table_family> <table> <addr_set> \\{ type <addr_type>\\; flags interval\\; \\}/' /etc/fail2ban/action.d/nftables.conf
+  # Irrelevant - Debian's default `chroot` jail config for Postfix needed a separate syslog socket:
+  rm /etc/rsyslog.d/postfix.conf
 }
 
 _pre_installation_steps
 _install_utils
-_install_postfix
 _install_packages
 _install_dovecot
 _install_rspamd
+_install_fail2ban
 _post_installation_steps

target/scripts/check-for-changes.sh

@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ function _rspamd_changes() {
 
 while true; do
   _check_for_changes
-  sleep 2
+  sleep "${DMS_CONFIG_POLL:-2}"
 done
 
 exit 0

target/scripts/helpers/accounts.sh

@@ -36,16 +36,7 @@ function _create_accounts() {
       USER=$(echo "${LOGIN}" | cut -d @ -f1)
       DOMAIN=$(echo "${LOGIN}" | cut -d @ -f2)
 
-      # test if user has a defined quota
-      if [[ -f /tmp/docker-mailserver/dovecot-quotas.cf ]]; then
-        declare -a USER_QUOTA
-        IFS=':' read -r -a USER_QUOTA < <(grep "${USER}@${DOMAIN}:" -i /tmp/docker-mailserver/dovecot-quotas.cf)
-
-        if [[ ${#USER_QUOTA[@]} -eq 2 ]]; then
-          USER_ATTRIBUTES="${USER_ATTRIBUTES:+${USER_ATTRIBUTES} }userdb_quota_rule=*:bytes=${USER_QUOTA[1]}"
-        fi
-      fi
-
+      USER_ATTRIBUTES="$(_add_attribute_dovecot_quota "${LOGIN}" "${USER_ATTRIBUTES}")"
       if [[ -z ${USER_ATTRIBUTES} ]]; then
         _log 'debug' "Creating user '${USER}' for domain '${DOMAIN}'"
       else
@@ -82,41 +73,53 @@ function _create_accounts() {
   fi
 }
 
-# Required when using Dovecot Quotas to avoid blacklisting risk from backscatter
-# Note: This is a workaround only suitable for basic aliases that map to single real addresses,
-# not multiple addresses (real accounts or additional aliases), those will not work with Postfix
-# `quota-status` policy service and remain at risk of backscatter.
+# Required when using Dovecot Quotas to avoid blacklisting risk from backscatter.
+# Note: This is a workaround only suitable for basic aliases that map to a single real address,
+# not multiple addresses (real accounts or additional aliases), those will not work with
+# the Postfix `quota-status` policy service and remain at risk of backscatter.
 #
-# see https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/2248#issuecomment-953313852
-# for more details on this method
+# for more details on this method, see:
+# https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/2248#issuecomment-953313852
 function _create_dovecot_alias_dummy_accounts() {
   local DATABASE_VIRTUAL='/tmp/docker-mailserver/postfix-virtual.cf'
+  # NOTE: `DATABASE_ACCOUNTS` should be in scope (provided from the expected caller: `_create_accounts()`)
 
+  # Add aliases associated to DMS mailbox accounts as dummy entries into Dovecot's userdb,
+  # These will share the same storage as a real account for the `quota-status` check to query.
   if [[ -f ${DATABASE_VIRTUAL} ]] && [[ ${ENABLE_QUOTAS} -eq 1 ]]; then
-    # adding aliases to Dovecot's userdb
-    # ${REAL_FQUN} is a user's fully-qualified username
-    local ALIAS REAL_FQUN DOVECOT_USERDB_LINE
-    while read -r ALIAS REAL_FQUN; do
-      # alias is assumed to not be a proper e-mail
-      # these aliases do not need to be added to Dovecot's userdb
-      [[ ! ${ALIAS} == *@* ]] && continue
+    local ALIAS ALIASED DOVECOT_USERDB_LINE
+    while read -r ALIAS ALIASED; do
+      # Skip any alias lacking `@` (aka local-part only) or is a catch-all domain (starts with `@`):
+      [[ ! ${ALIAS} =~ .+@.+ ]] && continue
 
-      # clear possibly already filled arrays
-      # do not remove the following line of code
-      unset REAL_ACC USER_QUOTA
-      declare -a REAL_ACC USER_QUOTA
+      # ${REAL_FQUN} is a user's fully-qualified username
+      unset REAL_FQUN
+      local REAL_FQUN REAL_USERNAME REAL_DOMAINNAME
 
-      local REAL_USERNAME REAL_DOMAINNAME
-      REAL_USERNAME=$(cut -d '@' -f 1 <<< "${REAL_FQUN}")
-      REAL_DOMAINNAME=$(cut -d '@' -f 2 <<< "${REAL_FQUN}")
+      # Support checking multiple aliased addresses (split by `,` delimiter):
+      # - The first local account matched will be associated to the alias
+      # - Does not support resolving FQUN if it were also an alias
+      for FQUN in ${ALIASED//,/ }
+      do
+        if grep -q "${FQUN}" "${DATABASE_ACCOUNTS}"; then
+          REAL_FQUN="${FQUN}"
+          REAL_USERNAME=$(cut -d '@' -f 1 <<< "${REAL_FQUN}")
+          REAL_DOMAINNAME=$(cut -d '@' -f 2 <<< "${REAL_FQUN}")
+          break
+        fi
+      done
 
-      if ! grep -q "${REAL_FQUN}" "${DATABASE_ACCOUNTS}"; then
+      if [[ -z ${REAL_FQUN} ]] || ! grep -q "${REAL_FQUN}" "${DATABASE_ACCOUNTS}"; then
         _log 'debug' "Alias '${ALIAS}' is non-local (or mapped to a non-existing account) and will not be added to Dovecot's userdb"
         continue
       fi
 
       _log 'debug' "Adding alias '${ALIAS}' for user '${REAL_FQUN}' to Dovecot's userdb"
 
+      # Clear possibly already filled arrays (do not remove the following line of code)
+      unset REAL_ACC USER_QUOTA
+      declare -a REAL_ACC USER_QUOTA
+
       # ${REAL_ACC[0]} => real account name (e-mail address) == ${REAL_FQUN}
       # ${REAL_ACC[1]} => password hash
       # ${REAL_ACC[2]} => optional user attributes
@@ -126,16 +129,12 @@ function _create_dovecot_alias_dummy_accounts() {
         _dms_panic__misconfigured 'postfix-accounts.cf' 'alias configuration'
       fi
 
-      # test if user has a defined quota
-      if [[ -f /tmp/docker-mailserver/dovecot-quotas.cf ]]; then
-        IFS=':' read -r -a USER_QUOTA < <(grep "${REAL_FQUN}:" -i /tmp/docker-mailserver/dovecot-quotas.cf)
-        if [[ ${#USER_QUOTA[@]} -eq 2 ]]; then
-          REAL_ACC[2]="${REAL_ACC[2]:+${REAL_ACC[2]} }userdb_quota_rule=*:bytes=${USER_QUOTA[1]}"
-        fi
-      fi
+      # Update user attributes with custom quota if found for the `REAL_FQUN`:
+      REAL_ACC[2]="$(_add_attribute_dovecot_quota "${REAL_FQUN}" "${REAL_ACC[2]}")"
 
       DOVECOT_USERDB_LINE="${ALIAS}:${REAL_ACC[1]}:${DMS_VMAIL_UID}:${DMS_VMAIL_GID}::/var/mail/${REAL_DOMAINNAME}/${REAL_USERNAME}/home::${REAL_ACC[2]:-}"
-      if grep -qi "^${ALIAS}:" "${DOVECOT_USERDB_FILE}"; then
+      # Match a full line with `-xF` to avoid regex patterns introducing false positives matching `ALIAS`:
+      if grep -qixF "${DOVECOT_USERDB_LINE}" "${DOVECOT_USERDB_FILE}"; then
         _log 'warn' "Alias '${ALIAS}' will not be added to '${DOVECOT_USERDB_FILE}' twice"
       else
         echo "${DOVECOT_USERDB_LINE}" >>"${DOVECOT_USERDB_FILE}"
@@ -177,3 +176,19 @@ function _create_masters() {
     done < <(_get_valid_lines_from_file "${DATABASE_DOVECOT_MASTERS}")
   fi
 }
+
+function _add_attribute_dovecot_quota() {
+  local MAIL_ACCOUNT="${1}"
+  local USER_ATTRIBUTES="${2}"
+
+  if [[ -f /tmp/docker-mailserver/dovecot-quotas.cf ]]; then
+    declare -a USER_QUOTA
+    IFS=':' read -r -a USER_QUOTA < <(grep -i "${MAIL_ACCOUNT}:" /tmp/docker-mailserver/dovecot-quotas.cf)
+
+    if [[ ${#USER_QUOTA[@]} -eq 2 ]]; then
+      USER_ATTRIBUTES="${USER_ATTRIBUTES:+${USER_ATTRIBUTES} }userdb_quota_rule=*:bytes=${USER_QUOTA[1]}"
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  echo "${USER_ATTRIBUTES}"
+}

target/scripts/helpers/change-detection.sh

@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ function _monitored_files_checksums() {
 
     # Check whether Rspamd is used and if so, monitor it's changes as well
     if [[ ${ENABLE_RSPAMD} -eq 1 ]] && [[ -d ${RSPAMD_DMS_D} ]]; then
-      readarray -d '' STAGING_FILES_RSPAMD < <(find "${RSPAMD_DMS_D}" -type f -name "*.sh" -print0)
+      readarray -d '' STAGING_FILES_RSPAMD < <(find "${RSPAMD_DMS_D}" -type f -print0)
       STAGING_FILES+=("${STAGING_FILES_RSPAMD[@]}")
     fi
   fi

target/scripts/helpers/database/manage/postfix-accounts.sh

@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ function _manage_accounts_dovecotmaster_delete { _manage_accounts 'delete' "${DA
 #
 
 # These validation helpers rely on:
-# - Exteral vars to be declared prior to calling them (MAIL_ACCOUNT, PASSWD, DATABASE).
+# - External vars to be declared prior to calling them (MAIL_ACCOUNT, PASSWD, DATABASE).
 # - Calling external method '__usage' as part of error handling.
 
 # Also used by setquota, delquota
@@ -98,9 +98,14 @@ function __account_already_exists() {
 
 # Also used by addsaslpassword
 function _password_request_if_missing() {
+  local PASSWD_CONFIRM
   if [[ -z ${PASSWD} ]]; then
     read -r -s -p 'Enter Password: ' PASSWD
     echo
     [[ -z ${PASSWD} ]] && _exit_with_error 'Password must not be empty'
+
+    read -r -s -p 'Confirm Password: ' PASSWD_CONFIRM
+    echo
+    [[ ${PASSWD} != "${PASSWD_CONFIRM}" ]] && _exit_with_error 'Passwords do not match!'
   fi
 }

target/scripts/helpers/dns.sh

@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ function _get_label_count() {
 }
 
 # Sets HOSTNAME and DOMAINNAME globals used throughout the scripts,
-# and any subprocesses called that intereact with it.
+# and any subprocesses called that interact with it.
 function _obtain_hostname_and_domainname() {
   # Normally this value would match the output of `hostname` which mirrors `/proc/sys/kernel/hostname`,
   # However for legacy reasons, the system ENV `HOSTNAME` was replaced here with `hostname -f` instead.

target/scripts/helpers/error.sh

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 #!/bin/bash
 
 function _exit_with_error() {
-  if [[ -n ${1+set} ]]; then
+  if [[ -n ${1:-} ]]; then
     _log 'error' "${1}"
   else
     _log 'error' "Call to '_exit_with_error' is missing a message to log"
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ function _trap_err_signal() {
 
   # shellcheck disable=SC2317
   function __log_unexpected_error() {
-    local MESSAGE="Unexpected error occured :: script = ${SCRIPT:-${0}} "
+    local MESSAGE="Unexpected error occurred :: script = ${SCRIPT:-${0}} "
     MESSAGE+=" | function = ${1:-none (global)}"
     MESSAGE+=" | command = ${2:-?}"
     MESSAGE+=" | line = ${3:-?}"

target/scripts/helpers/log.sh

@@ -43,12 +43,12 @@ RESET=$(echo -ne   '\e[0m')
 # message is logged. Likewise when the second argument
 # is missing. Both failures will return with exit code '1'.
 function _log() {
-  if [[ -z ${1+set} ]]; then
+  if [[ -z ${1:-} ]]; then
     _log 'error' "Call to '_log' is missing a valid log level"
     return 1
   fi
 
-  if [[ -z ${2+set} ]]; then
+  if [[ -z ${2:-} ]]; then
     _log 'error' "Call to '_log' is missing a message to log"
     return 1
   fi
@@ -104,11 +104,9 @@ function _log() {
 
   MESSAGE="$(date --rfc-3339='seconds') ${!LOG_COLOR}${LOG_LEVEL_NAME}${RESET} $(basename "${0}"): ${2}"
 
-  if [[ ${1} =~ ^(warn|error)$ ]]; then
-    echo -e "${MESSAGE}" >&2
-  else
-    echo -e "${MESSAGE}"
-  fi
+  # All logs should go through to STDERR,
+  # STDOUT is only appropriate for expected program output
+  echo -e "${MESSAGE}" >&2
 }
 
 # Get the value of the environment variable LOG_LEVEL if
@@ -116,7 +114,7 @@ function _log() {
 # variables file. If this does not yield a value either,
 # use the default log level.
 function _get_log_level_or_default() {
-  if [[ -n ${LOG_LEVEL+set} ]]; then
+  if [[ -n ${LOG_LEVEL:-} ]]; then
     echo "${LOG_LEVEL}"
   elif [[ -e /etc/dms-settings ]] && grep -q -E "^LOG_LEVEL='[a-z]+'" /etc/dms-settings; then
     grep '^LOG_LEVEL=' /etc/dms-settings | cut -d "'" -f 2

target/scripts/helpers/rspamd.sh

@@ -111,14 +111,6 @@ function _rspamd_handle_user_modules_adjustments() {
     fi
   }
 
-  # We check for usage of the previous location of the commands file.
-  # TODO This can be removed after the release of v14.0.0.
-  local RSPAMD_DMS_CUSTOM_COMMANDS_F_OLD="${RSPAMD_DMS_D}-modules.conf"
-  readonly RSPAMD_DMS_CUSTOM_COMMANDS_F_OLD
-  if [[ -f ${RSPAMD_DMS_CUSTOM_COMMANDS_F_OLD} ]]; then
-    _dms_panic__general "Old custom command file location '${RSPAMD_DMS_CUSTOM_COMMANDS_F_OLD}' is deprecated (use '${RSPAMD_DMS_CUSTOM_COMMANDS_F}' now)" 'Rspamd setup'
-  fi
-
   if [[ -f "${RSPAMD_DMS_CUSTOM_COMMANDS_F}" ]]; then
     __rspamd__log 'debug' "Found file '${RSPAMD_DMS_CUSTOM_COMMANDS_F}' - parsing and applying it"
 

target/scripts/helpers/ssl.sh

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ function _setup_dhparam() {
   _log 'debug' "Setting up ${DH_SERVICE} dhparam"
 
   if [[ -f ${DH_CUSTOM} ]]; then # use custom supplied dh params (assumes they're probably insecure)
-    _log 'trace' "${DH_SERVICE} will use custom provided DH paramters"
+    _log 'trace' "${DH_SERVICE} will use custom provided DH parameters"
     _log 'warn' "Using self-generated dhparams is considered insecure - unless you know what you are doing, please remove '${DH_CUSTOM}'"
 
     cp -f "${DH_CUSTOM}" "${DH_DEST}"

target/scripts/helpers/utils.sh

@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ function _reload_postfix() {
 # you can set the environment variable `POSTFIX_README_DIRECTORY='/new/dir/'`
 # (`POSTFIX_` is an arbitrary prefix, you can choose the one you like),
 # and then call this function:
-# `_replace_by_env_in_file 'POSTFIX_' 'PATH TO POSTFIX's main.cf>`
+# `_replace_by_env_in_file 'POSTFIX_' '<PATH TO POSTFIX's main.cf>`
 #
 # ## Panics
 #
@@ -131,9 +131,9 @@ function _reload_postfix() {
 # 1. No first and second argument is supplied
 # 2. The second argument is a path to a file that does not exist
 function _replace_by_env_in_file() {
-  if [[ -z ${1+set} ]]; then
+  if [[ -z ${1:-} ]]; then
     _dms_panic__invalid_value 'first argument unset' 'utils.sh:_replace_by_env_in_file'
-  elif [[ -z ${2+set} ]]; then
+  elif [[ -z ${2:-} ]]; then
     _dms_panic__invalid_value 'second argument unset' 'utils.sh:_replace_by_env_in_file'
   elif [[ ! -f ${2} ]]; then
     _dms_panic__invalid_value "file '${2}' does not exist" 'utils.sh:_replace_by_env_in_file'

target/scripts/start-mailserver.sh

@@ -1,7 +1,11 @@
 #!/bin/bash
 
+# When 'pipefail' is enabled, the exit status of the pipeline reflects the exit status of the last command that fails.
+# Without 'pipefail', the exit status of a pipeline is determined by the exit status of the last command in the pipeline.
 set -o pipefail
-shopt -s globstar inherit_errexit
+
+# Allows the usage of '**' in patterns, e.g. ls **/*
+shopt -s globstar
 
 # ------------------------------------------------------------
 # ? >> Sourcing helpers & stacks
@@ -34,13 +38,11 @@ function _register_functions() {
   # ? >> Checks
 
   _register_check_function '_check_hostname'
-  _register_check_function '_check_log_level'
   _register_check_function '_check_spam_prefix'
 
   # ? >> Setup
 
   _register_setup_function '_setup_vmail_id'
-  _register_setup_function '_setup_logs_general'
   _register_setup_function '_setup_timezone'
 
   if [[ ${SMTP_ONLY} -ne 1 ]]; then
@@ -59,7 +61,6 @@ function _register_functions() {
       ;;
 
     ( 'LDAP' )
-      _environment_variables_ldap
       _register_setup_function '_setup_ldap'
       ;;
 
@@ -72,15 +73,8 @@ function _register_functions() {
       ;;
   esac
 
-  if [[ ${ENABLE_OAUTH2} -eq 1 ]]; then
-      _environment_variables_oauth2
-      _register_setup_function '_setup_oauth2'
-  fi
-
-  if [[ ${ENABLE_SASLAUTHD} -eq 1 ]]; then
-    _environment_variables_saslauthd
-    _register_setup_function '_setup_saslauthd'
-  fi
+  [[ ${ENABLE_OAUTH2} -eq 1 ]] && _register_setup_function '_setup_oauth2'
+  [[ ${ENABLE_SASLAUTHD} -eq 1 ]] && _register_setup_function '_setup_saslauthd'
 
   _register_setup_function '_setup_dovecot_inet_protocols'
 
@@ -94,7 +88,6 @@ function _register_functions() {
   _register_setup_function '_setup_ssl'
   _register_setup_function '_setup_docker_permit'
   _register_setup_function '_setup_mailname'
-  _register_setup_function '_setup_dovecot_hostname'
 
   _register_setup_function '_setup_postfix_early'
 
@@ -118,20 +111,23 @@ function _register_functions() {
   _register_setup_function '_setup_logwatch'
 
   _register_setup_function '_setup_save_states'
-  _register_setup_function '_setup_apply_fixes_after_configuration'
-  _register_setup_function '_environment_variables_export'
+  _register_setup_function '_setup_adjust_state_permissions'
 
   if [[ ${ENABLE_MTA_STS} -eq 1 ]]; then
     _register_setup_function '_setup_mta_sts'
     _register_start_daemon '_start_daemon_mta_sts_daemon'
   fi
 
+  # ! The following functions must be executed after all other setup functions
+  _register_setup_function '_setup_directory_and_file_permissions'
+  _register_setup_function '_setup_run_user_patches'
+
   # ? >> Daemons
 
   _register_start_daemon '_start_daemon_cron'
   _register_start_daemon '_start_daemon_rsyslog'
 
-  [[ ${SMTP_ONLY}               -ne 1 ]] && _register_start_daemon '_start_daemon_dovecot'
+  [[ ${SMTP_ONLY} -ne 1 ]] && _register_start_daemon '_start_daemon_dovecot'
 
   if [[ ${ENABLE_UPDATE_CHECK} -eq 1 ]]; then
     if [[ ${DMS_RELEASE} != 'edge' ]]; then
@@ -161,6 +157,7 @@ function _register_functions() {
   [[ ${ENABLE_CLAMAV}           -eq 1 ]] &&	_register_start_daemon '_start_daemon_clamav'
   [[ ${ENABLE_AMAVIS}           -eq 1 ]] && _register_start_daemon '_start_daemon_amavis'
   [[ ${ACCOUNT_PROVISIONER} == 'FILE' ]] && _register_start_daemon '_start_daemon_changedetector'
+  [[ ${ENABLE_GETMAIL}          -eq 1 ]] && _register_start_daemon '_start_daemon_getmail'
 }
 
 # ------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -169,35 +166,42 @@ function _register_functions() {
 # ? >> Executing all stacks / actual start of DMS
 # ------------------------------------------------------------
 
+_early_supervisor_setup
+_early_variables_setup
+
+_log 'info' "Welcome to docker-mailserver ${DMS_RELEASE}"
+
+_register_functions
+_check
+
 # Ensure DMS only adjusts config files for a new container.
 # Container restarts should skip as they retain the modified config.
-if [[ ! -f /CONTAINER_START ]]; then
-  _early_supervisor_setup
-  _early_variables_setup
+if [[ -f /CONTAINER_START ]]; then
+  _log 'info' 'Container was restarted. Skipping most setup routines.'
+  # We cannot skip all setup routines because some need to run _after_
+  # the initial setup (and hence, they cannot be moved to the check stack).
+  _setup_directory_and_file_permissions
 
-  _log 'info' "Welcome to docker-mailserver ${DMS_RELEASE}"
-
-  _register_functions
-  _check
-  _setup
-  _run_user_patches
+  # shellcheck source=./startup/setup.d/mail_state.sh
+  source /usr/local/bin/setup.d/mail_state.sh
+  _setup_adjust_state_permissions
 else
-  # container was restarted
-  _early_variables_setup
-
-  _log 'info' 'Container was restarted. Skipping setup routines.'
-  _log 'info' "Welcome to docker-mailserver ${DMS_RELEASE}"
-
-  _register_functions
+  _setup
 fi
 
 # marker to check if container was restarted
 date >/CONTAINER_START
 
+# Container logs will receive updates from this log file:
+MAIN_LOGFILE=/var/log/mail/mail.log
+# NOTE: rsyslogd would usually create this later during `_start_daemons`, however it would already exist if the container was restarted.
+touch "${MAIN_LOGFILE}"
+# Ensure `tail` follows the correct position of the log file for this container start (new logs begin once `_start_daemons` is called)
+TAIL_START=$(( $(wc -l < "${MAIN_LOGFILE}") + 1 ))
+
 [[ ${LOG_LEVEL} =~ (debug|trace) ]] && print-environment
 _start_daemons
 
+# Container start-up scripts completed. `tail` will now pipe the log updates to stdout:
 _log 'info' "${HOSTNAME} is up and running"
-
-touch /var/log/mail/mail.log
-exec tail -Fn 0 /var/log/mail/mail.log
+exec tail -Fn "+${TAIL_START}" "${MAIN_LOGFILE}"

target/scripts/startup/check-stack.sh

@@ -26,24 +26,6 @@ function _check_hostname() {
   fi
 }
 
-function _check_log_level() {
-  if [[ ${LOG_LEVEL} == 'trace' ]] \
-  || [[ ${LOG_LEVEL} == 'debug' ]] \
-  || [[ ${LOG_LEVEL} == 'info' ]]  \
-  || [[ ${LOG_LEVEL} == 'warn' ]]  \
-  || [[ ${LOG_LEVEL} == 'error' ]]
-  then
-    return 0
-  else
-    local DEFAULT_LOG_LEVEL='info'
-    _log 'warn' "Log level '${LOG_LEVEL}' is invalid (falling back to default '${DEFAULT_LOG_LEVEL}')"
-
-    # shellcheck disable=SC2034
-    VARS[LOG_LEVEL]="${DEFAULT_LOG_LEVEL}"
-    LOG_LEVEL="${DEFAULT_LOG_LEVEL}"
-  fi
-}
-
 function _check_spam_prefix() {
   # This check should be independent of ENABLE_POP3 and ENABLE_IMAP
   if [[ ${MOVE_SPAM_TO_JUNK} -eq 0 ]] \

target/scripts/startup/daemons-stack.sh

@@ -34,6 +34,7 @@ function _start_daemon_clamav         { _default_start_daemon 'clamav'         ;
 function _start_daemon_cron           { _default_start_daemon 'cron'           ; }
 function _start_daemon_dovecot        { _default_start_daemon 'dovecot'        ; }
 function _start_daemon_fail2ban       { _default_start_daemon 'fail2ban'       ; }
+function _start_daemon_getmail        { _default_start_daemon 'getmail'        ; }
 function _start_daemon_opendkim       { _default_start_daemon 'opendkim'       ; }
 function _start_daemon_opendmarc      { _default_start_daemon 'opendmarc'      ; }
 function _start_daemon_postgrey       { _default_start_daemon 'postgrey'       ; }

target/scripts/startup/setup-stack.sh

@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ function _register_setup_function() {
 
 function _setup() {
   # Requires `shopt -s globstar` because of `**` which in
-  # turn is required as we're decending through directories
+  # turn is required as we're descending through directories
   for FILE in /usr/local/bin/setup.d/**/*.sh; do
     # shellcheck source=/dev/null
     source "${FILE}"
@@ -82,7 +82,9 @@ function _setup_timezone() {
   fi
 }
 
-function _setup_apply_fixes_after_configuration() {
+# Misc checks and fixes migrated here until next refactor:
+# NOTE: `start-mailserver.sh` runs this along with `mail-state.sh` during container restarts
+function _setup_directory_and_file_permissions() {
   _log 'trace' 'Removing leftover PID files from a stop/start'
   find /var/run/ -not -name 'supervisord.pid' -name '*.pid' -delete
   touch /dev/shm/supervisor.sock
@@ -101,9 +103,17 @@ function _setup_apply_fixes_after_configuration() {
     _log 'debug' "Ensuring '${RSPAMD_DMS_DKIM_D}' is owned by '_rspamd:_rspamd'"
     chown -R _rspamd:_rspamd "${RSPAMD_DMS_DKIM_D}"
   fi
+
+  # Parent directories must have the executable bit set to descend the file tree for access,
+  # as each service in the container running as a non-root user requires this to access any subpath,
+  # `/tmp/docker-mailserver` must allow all users `+x` (notably required for `_rspamd` user read access):
+  local DMS_CONFIG_DIR=/tmp/docker-mailserver
+  chmod +x "${DMS_CONFIG_DIR}"
+
+  __log_fixes
 }
 
-function _run_user_patches() {
+function _setup_run_user_patches() {
   local USER_PATCHES='/tmp/docker-mailserver/user-patches.sh'
 
   if [[ -f ${USER_PATCHES} ]]; then
@@ -113,3 +123,32 @@ function _run_user_patches() {
     _log 'trace' "No optional '${USER_PATCHES}' provided"
   fi
 }
+
+function __log_fixes() {
+  _log 'debug' 'Ensuring /var/log/mail ownership + permissions are correct'
+
+  # File/folder permissions are fine when using docker volumes, but may be wrong
+  # when file system folders are mounted into the container.
+  # Set the expected values and create missing folders/files just in case.
+  mkdir -p /var/log/{mail,supervisor}
+
+  # TODO: Remove these lines in a future release once concerns are resolved:
+  # https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver/pull/4370#issuecomment-2661762043
+  chown syslog:root /var/log/mail
+
+  if [[ ${ENABLE_CLAMAV} -eq 1 ]]; then
+    # TODO: Consider assigning /var/log/mail a writable non-root group for other processes like ClamAV?
+    # - Check if ClamAV is capable of creating files itself when they're missing?
+    # - Alternatively a symlink to /var/log/mail from the original intended location would allow write access
+    #   as a user to the symlink location, while keeping ownership as root at /var/log/mail
+    # - `LogSyslog false` for clamd.conf + freshclam.conf could possibly be enabled instead of log files?
+    #   However without better filtering in place (once Vector is adopted), this should be avoided.
+    touch /var/log/mail/{clamav,freshclam}.log
+    chown clamav:adm /var/log/mail/{clamav,freshclam}.log
+  fi
+
+  # Volume permissions should be corrected:
+  # https://github.com/docker-mailserver/docker-mailserver-helm/issues/137
+  chmod 755 /var/log/mail/
+  find /var/log/mail/ -type f -exec chmod 640 {} +
+}

target/scripts/startup/setup.d/dmarc_dkim_spf.sh

@@ -23,7 +23,11 @@ function _setup_opendkim() {
     # check if any keys are available
     if [[ -e /tmp/docker-mailserver/opendkim/KeyTable ]]; then
       cp -a /tmp/docker-mailserver/opendkim/* /etc/opendkim/
-      _log 'trace' "DKIM keys added for: $(find /etc/opendkim/keys/ -maxdepth 1 -type f -printf '%f ')"
+
+      local DKIM_DOMAINS
+      DKIM_DOMAINS=$(find /etc/opendkim/keys/ -maxdepth 1 -type f -printf '%f ')
+      _log 'trace' "DKIM keys added for: ${DKIM_DOMAINS}"
+
       chown -R opendkim:opendkim /etc/opendkim/
       chmod -R 0700 /etc/opendkim/keys/
     else